Document:

exv4w2

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Version

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

TRUST AGREEMENT

between

AFS SENSUB CORP.

Seller

and

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

Owner Trustee

Dated as of May 21, 2008

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 1.1. Capitalized Terms
	 	 	1	 
	SECTION 1.2. Other Definitional Provisions
	 	 	4	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II. ORGANIZATION
	 	 	4	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 2.1. Name
	 	 	4	 
	SECTION 2.2. Office
	 	 	4	 
	SECTION 2.3. Purposes and Powers
	 	 	4	 
	SECTION 2.4. Appointment of Owner Trustee
	 	 	5	 
	SECTION 2.5. Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate
	 	 	6	 
	SECTION 2.6. Declaration of Trust
	 	 	6	 
	SECTION 2.7. Title to Trust Property
	 	 	6	 
	SECTION 2.8. Situs of Trust
	 	 	6	 
	SECTION 2.9. Representations and Warranties of the Depositor
	 	 	7	 
	SECTION 2.10. Covenants of the Certificateholder
	 	 	8	 
	SECTION 2.11. Federal Income Tax Treatment of the Trust
	 	 	8	 
	SECTION 2.12. Derivatives Contracts
	 	 	8	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE III. CERTIFICATE AND TRANSFER OF INTEREST
	 	 	10	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 3.1. Initial Ownership
	 	 	10	 
	SECTION 3.2. The Certificate
	 	 	10	 
	SECTION 3.3. Authentication of Certificate
	 	 	10	 
	SECTION 3.4. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificate
	 	 	10	 
	SECTION 3.5. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates
	 	 	11	 
	SECTION 3.6. Persons Deemed Certificateholders
	 	 	11	 
	SECTION 3.7. Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	 	12	 
	SECTION 3.8. Disposition in Whole But Not in Part
	 	 	12	 
	SECTION 3.9. ERISA Restrictions
	 	 	12	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IV. VOTING RIGHTS AND OTHER ACTIONS
	 	 	12	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 4.1. Prior Notice to Holder with Respect to Certain Matters
	 	 	12	 
	SECTION 4.2. Action by Certificateholder with Respect to Certain Matters
	 	 	13	 
	SECTION 4.3. Restrictions on Certificateholder’s Power
	 	 	13	 
	SECTION 4.4. Rights of Insurer
	 	 	14	 
	SECTION 4.5. Action with Respect to Bankruptcy Action
	 	 	14	 
	SECTION 4.6. Covenants and Restrictions on Conduct of Business
	 	 	15	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE V. AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE
	 	 	16	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 5.1. General Authority
	 	 	16	 
	SECTION 5.2. General Duties
	 	 	17	 
	SECTION 5.3. Action upon Instruction
	 	 	17	 
	SECTION 5.4. No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions
	 	 	18	 

i

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 5.5. No Action Except under Specified Documents or Instructions
	 	 	18	 
	SECTION 5.6. Restrictions
	 	 	18	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VI. CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE
	 	 	19	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 6.1. Acceptance of Trusts and Duties
	 	 	19	 
	SECTION 6.2. Furnishing of Documents
	 	 	20	 
	SECTION 6.3. Representations and Warranties
	 	 	20	 
	SECTION 6.4. Reliance; Advice of Counsel
	 	 	21	 
	SECTION 6.5. Not Acting in Individual Capacity
	 	 	21	 
	SECTION 6.6. Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificate or Receivables
	 	 	21	 
	SECTION 6.7. Owner Trustee May Own Notes
	 	 	22	 
	SECTION 6.8. Payments from Owner Trust Estate
	 	 	22	 
	SECTION 6.9. Doing Business in Other Jurisdictions
	 	 	22	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VII. COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE
	 	 	22	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 7.1. Owner Trustee’s Fees and Expenses
	 	 	22	 
	SECTION 7.2. Indemnification
	 	 	23	 
	SECTION 7.3. Payments to the Owner Trustee
	 	 	23	 
	SECTION 7.4. Non-recourse Obligations
	 	 	23	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VIII. TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT
	 	 	23	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 8.1. Termination of Trust Agreement
	 	 	23	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IX. SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES
	 	 	25	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 9.1. Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee
	 	 	25	 
	SECTION 9.2. Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee
	 	 	25	 
	SECTION 9.3. Successor Owner Trustee
	 	 	26	 
	SECTION 9.4. Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee
	 	 	26	 
	SECTION 9.5. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee
	 	 	26	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	28	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 10.1. Supplements and Amendments
	 	 	28	 
	SECTION 10.2. No Legal Title to Owner Trust Estate in Certificateholder
	 	 	29	 
	SECTION 10.3. Limitations on Rights of Others
	 	 	29	 
	SECTION 10.4. Notices
	 	 	29	 
	SECTION 10.5. Severability
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 10.6. Separate Counterparts
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 10.7. Assignments; Insurer
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 10.8. No Recourse
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 10.9. Headings
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 10.10. GOVERNING LAW
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 10.11. Servicer
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 10.12. Nonpetition Covenants
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 10.13. Third Party Beneficiary
	 	 	31	 
	SECTION 10.14. Regulation AB
	 	 	31	 

ii

 

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A Form of Certificate

Exhibit B Form of Certificate of Trust

iii

 

          This AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT dated as of May 21, 2008 between AFS SENSUB CORP., a
Nevada corporation (the “Seller”), and WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, a Delaware banking
corporation, as Owner Trustee, amends and restates in
its entirety that certain Trust Agreement dated as of January 3, 2008 between the Seller and
the Owner Trustee.

ARTICLE I.

Definitions

          SECTION 1.1. Capitalized Terms. For all purposes of this Agreement, the following
terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

          “AmeriCredit” shall mean AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc.

          “Agreement” shall mean this Trust Agreement, as the same may be amended and
supplemented from time to time.

          “Bankruptcy Action” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.5(a).

          “Basic Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the Certificate of Trust, the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, the Indenture, the Spread Account Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the
Lockbox Agreement, the Insurance Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement, the Premium Letter, the
Custodian Agreement, the Hedge Agreement and the other documents and certificates delivered in
connection therewith.

          “Benefit Plan” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.9.

          “Certificate” means a trust certificate evidencing the beneficial interest of a
Certificateholder in the Trust, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

          “Certificateholder” or “Holder” shall mean the person in whose name a
Certificate is registered on the Certificate Register.

          “Certificate of Trust” shall mean the Certificate of Trust in the form of Exhibit B to
be filed for the Trust pursuant to Section 3810(a) of the Statutory Trust Statute.

          “Certificate Register” and “Certificate Registrar” shall mean the register
mentioned and the registrar appointed pursuant to Section 3.4.

          “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and
Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

          “Corporate Trust Office” shall mean, with respect to the Owner Trustee, the principal
corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington,
Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or at such other address as the
Owner Trustee may designate by notice to the Depositor, or the principal

1

 

corporate trust office of any successor Owner Trustee (the address of which the successor
owner trustee will notify the Depositor).

          “Depositor” shall mean the Seller in its capacity as Depositor hereunder.

          “Derivative Contract” means any ISDA Master Agreement, together with the related
Schedule and Confirmation, entered into by the Trust and a Derivative Counterparty in accordance
with Section 2.12.

          “Derivative Contract Collection Account” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12.

          “Derivative Counterparty” means any counterparty to a Derivative Contract as provided
in Section 2.12.

          “Distribution Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

          “ERISA” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.9.

          “Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.2.

          “Hedge Agreement” means the ISDA Master Agreement, dated May 29, 2008, between the
Trust and the Hedge Provider, including the Schedule thereto, the Credit Support Annex thereto, the
Confirmation, dated May 20, 2008, relating to the Class A-2-B Notes, together with any replacement
hedge agreement (which replacement hedge agreement has been approved by the Insurer, so long as no
Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing); provided, that no additional hedge agreement shall
be a “Hedge Agreement” under the Basic Documents for so long as the Hedge Agreement is outstanding
without the prior, written consent of the applicable Hedge Provider unless the Hedge Agreement has
terminated.

          “Hedge Provider” means Credit Suisse International, with respect to the Class A-2-B
Notes, together with any replacement Hedge Provider (which must be approved by the Insurer so long
as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing).

          “Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.2.

          “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture dated as of May 21, 2008, between the Trust and
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trust Collateral Agent and Trustee, as the same may be
amended and supplemented from time to time.

          “Insurer” shall mean Financial Security Assurance Inc., or its successor in interest.

          “Owner Trust Estate” shall mean all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to
the property and rights assigned to the Trust pursuant to Article II of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trust Accounts and all other property of

2

 

the Trust from time to time, including any rights of the Owner Trustee and the Trust pursuant
to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Spread Account Agreement.

          “Owner Trustee” shall mean Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation,
not in its individual capacity but solely as owner trustee under this Agreement, and any successor
Owner Trustee hereunder.

          “Record Date” shall mean with respect to any Distribution Date, the close of business
on the last Business Day immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

          “Responsible Officer” shall mean, with respect to the Owner Trustee, any officer
within the Corporate Trust Administration office of the Owner Trustee with direct responsibility
for the administration of the Trust and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other
officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with
the particular subject.

          “Sale and Servicing Agreement” shall mean the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of
May 21, 2008, among the Trust, the Seller, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as Backup Servicer and Trust Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended and
supplemented from time to time.

          “Secretary of State” shall mean the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

          “Spread Account” shall mean the Spread Account established and maintained pursuant to
the Spread Account Agreement.

          “Spread Account Agreement” shall mean the Spread Account Agreement dated as May 21,
2008 among the Insurer, the Seller and the Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof.

          “Statutory Trust Statute” shall mean Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12
Del. Code § 3801 et seq. as the same may be amended from time to time.

          “Treasury Regulations” shall mean regulations, including proposed or temporary
regulations, promulgated under the Code. References herein to specific provisions of proposed or
temporary regulations shall include analogous provisions of final Treasury Regulations or other
successor Treasury Regulations.

          “Trust” shall mean the trust established by this Agreement.

          “Trust Collateral Agent” shall mean, initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, in its capacity as collateral agent, including its successors in interest, until and
unless a successor Person shall have become the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, and thereafter “Trust Collateral Agent” shall mean such successor Person.

3

 

          SECTION 1.2. Other Definitional Provisions.

          (a) Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings assigned to them
in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Spread Account Agreement or
in the Indenture.

          (b) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any
certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

          (c) As used in this Agreement and in any certificate or other document made or delivered
pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined in this Agreement or in any such
certificate or other document, and accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement or in any such
certificate or other document to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given
to them under generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement
or any such certificate or other document, as applicable. To the extent that the definitions of
accounting terms in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document are inconsistent
with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting principles, the definitions
contained in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document shall control.

          (d) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this
Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement; Section and Exhibit references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections
and Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; and the term “including” shall
mean “including without limitation.”

          (e) The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the
plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of
such terms.

ARTICLE II.

Organization

          SECTION 2.1. Name. There is hereby formed a trust to be known as “AmeriCredit
Automobile Receivables Trust 2008-A-F,” in which name the Owner Trustee may conduct the business of
the Trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be
sued.

          SECTION 2.2. Office. The office of the Trust shall be in care of the Owner Trustee at
the Corporate Trust Office or at such other address as the Owner Trustee may designate by written
notice to the Certificateholder.

          SECTION 2.3. Purposes and Powers.

          The purpose of the Trust is, and the Trust shall have the power and authority, to engage in
the following activities:

4

 

     (i) to issue the Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Certificate pursuant to this
Agreement, and to sell the Notes;

     (ii) with the proceeds of the sale of the Notes, to fund the Spread Account and to pay
the organizational, start-up and transactional expenses of the Trust and to pay the balance
to the Depositor pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

     (iii) to acquire from time to time the Owner Trust Estate, to assign, grant, transfer,
pledge, mortgage and convey the Owner Trust Estate to the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to
the Indenture for the benefit of the Insurer and the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the
Noteholders and to hold, manage and distribute to the Certificateholder pursuant to the
terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement any portion of the Owner Trust Estate released
from the Lien of, and remitted to the Trust pursuant to, the Indenture;

     (iv) to enter into the Hedge Agreement;

     (v) at the direction of the Seller and subject to the requirements set forth in Section
2.12 hereof, to enter into Derivative Contracts for the benefit of the Certificateholder;

     (vi) to enter into and perform its obligations under the Basic Documents to which it is
a party;

     (vii) to engage in those activities, including entering into agreements, that are
necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or
connected therewith (including the sale, from time to time, of Receivables at the direction
of the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.3(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement) and the
filing of state business licenses (and any renewal thereof) as prepared and instructed by
the Certificateholder or Servicer without further consent or instruction from the
Instructing Party, including a Sales Finance Company Application (and any renewal thereof)
with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, Licensing Division, and a Financial Regulation
Application (and any renewal thereof) with the Maryland Department of Labor, Licensing and
Regulation; and

     (viii) subject to compliance with the Basic Documents, to engage in such other
activities as may be required in connection with conservation of the Owner Trust Estate and
the making of distributions to the Certificateholder and the Noteholders.

The Trust is hereby authorized to engage in the foregoing activities. The Trust shall not engage
in any activity other than in connection with the foregoing or other than as required or authorized
by the terms of this Agreement or the Basic Documents.

          SECTION 2.4. Appointment of Owner Trustee. The Depositor hereby appoints the Owner
Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date hereof, to have all the rights, powers and
duties set forth herein. The Owner Trustee hereby accepts such appointment.

5

 

          SECTION 2.5. Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate. The Owner Trustee hereby
acknowledges receipt in trust from the Depositor of the sum of $1,000 which contribution shall
constitute the initial Owner Trust Estate. The Depositor acknowledges that such contribution has
been transferred to, and is being held by, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent for the
Trust in an account established by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, on behalf of the Trust,
which contribution shall constitute the initial Owner Trust Estate. The Depositor shall pay
organizational expenses of the Trust as they may arise.

          SECTION 2.6. Declaration of Trust. The Owner Trustee hereby declares that it will
hold the Owner Trust Estate in trust upon and subject to the conditions set forth herein for the
use and benefit of the Holder, subject to the obligations of the Trust under the Basic Documents.
It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust constitute a statutory trust under the
Statutory Trust Statute and that this Agreement constitute the governing instrument of such
statutory trust. Effective as of the date hereof, the Owner Trustee shall have all rights, powers
and duties set forth herein and to the extent not inconsistent herewith, in the Statutory Trust
Statute with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust. The Owner Trustee shall file the
Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State.

          The Holder shall not have any personal liability for any liability or obligation of the Trust.

          SECTION 2.7. Title to Trust Property.

          (a) Legal title to all the Owner Trust Estate shall be vested at all times in the Trust as a
separate legal entity except where applicable law in any jurisdiction requires title to any part of
the Owner Trust Estate to be vested in a trustee or trustees, in which case title shall be deemed
to be vested in the Owner Trustee, a co-trustee and/or a separate trustee, as the case may be.

          (b) The Holder shall not have legal title to any part of the Trust Property. The Holder shall
be entitled to receive distributions with respect to its undivided ownership interest therein only
in accordance with Article VIII. No transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right,
title or interest by the Certificateholder of its ownership interest in the Owner Trust Estate
shall operate to terminate this Agreement or the trusts hereunder or entitle any transferee to an
accounting or to the transfer to it of legal title to any part of the Trust Property.

          SECTION 2.8. Situs of Trust The Trust will be located and administered in the State of Delaware.
All bank accounts maintained by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall be located in the State of Delaware or
the State of New York. Payments will be received by the Trust only in Delaware or New York and
payments will be made by the Trust only from Delaware or New York. The Trust shall not have any
employees in any state other than Delaware; provided, however, that nothing herein
shall restrict or prohibit the Owner Trustee, the Servicer or any agent of the Trust from having
employees within or outside the State of Delaware. The only office of the Trust will be at the
Corporate Trust Office located in Delaware.

6

 

          SECTION 2.9. Representations and Warranties of the Depositor. The Depositor makes the
following representations and warranties on which the Owner Trustee relies in accepting the Owner
Trust Estate in trust and issuing the Certificate and upon which the Insurer relies in issuing the
Note Policy.

          (a) Organization and Good Standing. The Depositor is duly organized and validly
existing as a Nevada corporation with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its
business as such properties are currently owned and such business is presently conducted and is
proposed to be conducted pursuant to this Agreement and the Basic Documents.

          (b) Due Qualification. The Depositor is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation, is in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals, in all
jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of its property, the conduct of its business and the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the Basic Documents requires such
qualification.

          (c) Power and Authority. The Depositor has the corporate power and authority to
execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; the Depositor has full power and
authority to sell and assign the property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with the Trust
and the Depositor has duly authorized such sale and assignment and deposit to the Trust by all
necessary action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly
authorized by the Depositor by all necessary action.

          (d) No Consent Required. No consent, license, approval or authorization or
registration or declaration with, any Person or with any governmental authority, bureau or agency
is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the
Basic Documents, except for such as have been obtained, effected or made.

          (e) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the
terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under
the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Depositor, or any material indenture, agreement
or other instrument to which the Depositor is a party or by which it is bound; nor result in the
creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such
indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than pursuant to the Basic Documents); nor violate
any law or, to the best of the Depositor’s knowledge, any order, rule or
regulation applicable to the Depositor of any court or of any federal or state regulatory
body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the
Depositor or its properties.

          (f) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to its
knowledge threatened against it before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other
tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over it or its properties (A)
asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (B) seeking to prevent
the issuance of the Certificate or the Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (C) seeking any determination

7

 

or ruling that might materially and adversely affect its performance of its obligations under, or the
validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, or (D) seeking to
adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of the
Certificate.

          SECTION 2.10. Covenants of the Certificateholder. The Certificateholder agrees:

          (a) to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Certificate of which the Holder is the
beneficial owner and of this Agreement, including any supplements or amendments hereto and to
perform the obligations of a Holder as set forth therein or herein, in all respects as if it were a
signatory hereto. This undertaking is made for the benefit of the Trust, the Owner Trustee and the
Insurer; and

          (b) until the completion of the events specified in Section 8.1(d), not to, for any reason,
institute proceedings for the Trust to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the
institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Trust, or file a petition seeking
or consenting to reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to
bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Trust or a substantial part of its property, or
cause or permit the Trust to make any assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or admit in
writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or declare or effect a
moratorium on its debt or take any action in furtherance of any such action.

          SECTION 2.11. Federal Income Tax Treatment of the Trust.

          (a) For so long as the Trust has a single owner for federal income tax purposes, it will,
pursuant to Treasury Regulations promulgated under section 7701 of the Code, be disregarded as an
entity distinct from the Certificateholder for all federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, for
federal income tax purposes, the Certificateholder will be treated as (i) owning all assets owned
by the Trust and (ii) having incurred all liabilities incurred by the Trust, and all transactions
between the Trust and the Certificateholder will be disregarded.

          (b) Neither the Owner Trustee nor any Certificateholder will, under any circumstances, and at
any time, make an election on IRS Form 8832 or otherwise, to classify the Trust as an association
taxable as a corporation for federal, state or any other applicable tax purpose.

          (c) In the event that the Trust has two or more equity owners for federal income tax purposes,
the Trust will be treated as a partnership. At any such time that the Trust has two or more equity
owners, this Agreement will be amended, in accordance with Section 10.1 herein, and appropriate
provisions will be added so as to provide for treatment of the Trust as a partnership.

          SECTION 2.12. Derivatives Contracts.

               (a) The Trust, at the direction of the Seller, shall execute and deliver Derivative
Contracts in such form as the Seller shall approve, as evidenced conclusively

8

 

by the Trust’s execution thereof, such Derivative Contracts being solely for the benefit of the
Certificateholder; provided, however, that neither the execution and delivery
of any such Derivative Contract nor the consummation of any transaction contemplated
thereunder shall give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction described in Section 406 of
ERISA or 4975(c)(1) of the Code. Any such Derivative Contract shall constitute a fully
prepaid agreement. Any acquisition of a Derivative Contract shall be accompanied by (i) an
Opinion of Counsel addressed to the Insurer and the Hedge Provider provided by, and at the
expense of, the Seller to the effect that the existence of the Derivative Contract will not
cause the Trust to be characterized as an association (or publicly traded partnership)
taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, (ii) the prior written consent of
the Insurer to the acquisition of such Derivative Contract, such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld; provided that such consent shall not be deemed to be unreasonably
withheld if the proposed Derivative Contract does not satisfy the requirements set forth in
clauses (b) and (c) below and (iii) confirmation from the Rating Agencies that the
then-current rating of the Notes, and the rating of the Notes without taking into account the
existence of the Policy, will not be qualified, reduced or withdrawn as a result of the
acquisition of such Derivative Contract. Prior to the acquisition of any Derivative
Contracts by the Trust, the Trust at the direction and expense of the Seller, shall establish
and maintain in its own name an Eligible Deposit Account (the “Derivative Contract
Collection Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited
therein are held for the benefit of the Trust on behalf of the Certificateholder. All
collections, proceeds and other amounts in respect of the Derivative Contracts payable by the
Derivative Counterparty shall be deposited into the Derivative Contract Collection Account
for distribution to the Certificateholder on the Distribution Date following receipt thereof
by the Trust in accordance with Section 5.7(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

               (b) No Derivative Contract shall provide for any payment obligation on the part of the
Trust. Each Derivative Contract must (i) contain a non-petition covenant from the Derivative
Counterparty, (ii) limit payment dates thereunder to Payment Dates and (iii) contain a
provision limiting any cash payments due to the Derivative Counterparty under such Derivative
Contract solely to payments made upon the execution of the Derivative Contract in accordance
with subclause (a) above that are paid from amounts on deposit in the Collection Account that
are available to make
payments to the Certificateholder on such Payment Date in accordance with Section 5.7(a)
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

               (c) In addition to the requirements contained in subclause (a) above, each Derivative
Contract must (i) provide for the direct payment of any amounts by the Derivative
Counterparty thereunder to the Collection Account at least one Business Day prior to the
related Payment Date, (ii) provide that in the event of the occurrence of an Event of
Default, such Derivative Contract shall terminate upon the direction of a majority percentage
interest of the Certificateholders, (iii) prohibit the Derivative Counterparty from
“setting-off” or “netting” other obligations of the Trust and its Affiliates against such
Derivative Counterparty’s payment obligations thereunder and (iv) satisfy the Rating Agency
Condition.

9

 

ARTICLE III.

Certificate and Transfer of Interest

          SECTION 3.1. Initial Ownership. Upon the formation of the Trust by the contribution
by the Depositor pursuant to Section 2.5 and until the issuance of the Certificate to the initial
Certificateholder, the Depositor shall be the sole beneficiary of the Trust.

          SECTION 3.2. The Certificate. The Certificate shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by
manual or facsimile signature of an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee. A Certificate bearing
the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures shall
have been affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Trust, shall be validly issued and entitled
to the benefit of this Agreement, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them shall have
ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of such Certificate or did not
hold such offices at the date of authentication and delivery of such Certificate. A transferee of
a Certificate shall become a Certificateholder, and shall be entitled to the rights and subject to
the obligations of a Certificateholder hereunder, upon due registration of such Certificate in such
transferee’s name pursuant to Section 3.4.

          SECTION 3.3. Authentication of Certificate. Concurrently with the sale of the Receivables
to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Owner Trustee shall cause the
Certificate to be executed on behalf of the Trust, authenticated and delivered to or upon the
written order of the Depositor, signed by its chairman of the board, its president or any vice
president, its treasurer or any assistant treasurer without further corporate action by the
Depositor, in authorized denominations. Notwithstanding the foregoing and without any additional
action, the Depositor hereby directs that a Certificate representing all the beneficial interest in
the Trust be issued in the name of, and delivered to, AFS SenSub Corp., as initial
Certificateholder. No Certificate shall entitle its holder to any benefit under this Agreement, or
shall be valid for any purpose, unless there shall appear on such Certificate a certificate of
authentication substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, executed
by the Owner Trustee or Wilmington Trust Company as the Owner Trustee’s authentication agent, by
manual signature; such authentication shall constitute conclusive evidence that such Certificate
shall have been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. The Certificate shall be dated the
date of its authentication.

          SECTION 3.4. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificate. The Certificate
Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section
3.7, a Certificate Register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe,
the Owner Trustee shall provide for the registration of the Certificate and of transfers and
exchanges of the Certificate as herein provided. Wilmington Trust Company shall be the initial
Certificate Registrar.

          The Certificate Registrar shall provide the Trust Collateral Agent with the name and address
of the Certificateholder on the Closing Date. Upon any transfers of the Certificate, the
Certificate Registrar shall notify the Trust Collateral Agent of the name and address of the
transferee in writing, by facsimile, on the day of such transfer.

10

 

          Upon surrender for registration of transfer of the Certificate at the office or agency
maintained pursuant to Section 3.7, the Owner Trustee shall execute, authenticate and deliver (or
shall cause Wilmington Trust Company as its authenticating agent to authenticate and deliver), in
the name of the designated transferee, a new Certificate dated the date of authentication by the
Owner Trustee or any authenticating agent.

          A Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the
Certificate Registrar duly executed by the Certificateholder or his attorney duly authorized in
writing, with such signature guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the
requirements of the Certificate Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation
in the Securities Transfer Agent’s Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature
guarantee program” as may be determined by the Certificate Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act. Each Certificate surrendered for
registration of transfer or exchange shall be canceled and subsequently disposed of by the Owner
Trustee in accordance with its customary practice.

          No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of the
Certificate, but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any
transfer or exchange of the Certificate.

          SECTION 3.5. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. If (a) any mutilated
Certificate shall be surrendered to the Certificate Registrar, or if the Certificate Registrar
shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate and
(b) there shall be delivered to the Certificate Registrar, the Owner Trustee and (unless an Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing) the Insurer, such security or indemnity as may be
required by them to save each of them harmless, then in the absence of notice that such Certificate
shall have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Owner Trustee
on behalf of the Trust shall execute and the Owner Trustee, or Wilmington Trust Company, as the
Owner Trustee’s authenticating agent, shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of
any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like class, tenor
and denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section, the
Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate
Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership
interest in the Trust, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed
Certificate shall be found at any time.

          SECTION 3.6. Persons Deemed Certificateholders. Every Person by virtue of becoming a
Certificateholder in accordance with this Agreement shall be deemed to be bound by the terms of
this Agreement. Prior to due presentation of the Certificate for registration of transfer, the
Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar and the Insurer and any agent of the Owner Trustee, the
Certificate Registrar and the Insurer, may treat the person in whose name any Certificate shall be
registered in the Certificate Register as the owner of such Certificate for the purpose of
receiving distributions pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and for all other purposes
whatsoever, and none of the Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar or the Insurer nor

11

 

any agent of the Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar or the Insurer shall be bound by any notice to the
contrary.

          SECTION 3.7. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Owner Trustee shall maintain an office
or offices or agency or agencies where the Certificate may be surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Owner Trustee in respect of the
Certificate and the Basic Documents may be served. The Owner Trustee initially designates the
Corporate Trust Office for such purposes. The Owner Trustee shall give prompt written notice to
the Depositor, the Certificateholder and (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing) the Insurer of any change in the location of the Certificate Register or any such
office or agency.

          SECTION 3.8. Disposition in Whole But Not in Part. The Certificate may be transferred in
whole but not in part. Any attempted transfer of the Certificate that would divide the ownership
of the Owner Trust Estate shall be void. The Owner Trustee shall cause any Certificate issued to
contain a legend stating “THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE, EXCEPT UNDER THE LIMITED CONDITIONS
SPECIFIED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT.”

          SECTION 3.9. ERISA Restrictions. The Certificate may not be acquired by or for the account
of (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)) that is subject to the provisions of Title I of
ERISA, (ii) a plan (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code) that is subject to Section 4975
of the Code, or (iii) any entity whose underlying assets include assets of a plan described in (i)
or (ii) above by reason of such plan’s investment in the entity (each, a “Benefit Plan”).
By accepting and holding its beneficial
ownership interest in its Certificate, the Holder thereof shall be deemed to have represented and
warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan.

ARTICLE IV.

Voting Rights and Other Actions

          SECTION 4.1. Prior Notice to Holder with Respect to Certain Matters. With respect to the
following matters, the Owner Trustee shall not take action unless at least 30 days before the
taking of such action, the Owner Trustee shall have notified the Certificateholder in writing of
the proposed action and the Certificateholder shall not have notified the Owner Trustee in writing
prior to the 30th day after such notice is given that the Certificateholder has withheld
consent or provided alternative direction:

          (a) the election by the Trust to file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust (unless such
amendment is required to be filed under the Statutory Trust Statute or unless such amendment would
not materially and adversely affect the interests of the Holder);

          (b) the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in circumstances where the
consent of any Noteholder is required;

12

 

          (c) the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in circumstances where the
consent of any Noteholder is not required and such amendment materially adversely affects the
interest of the Certificateholder; or

          (d) except pursuant to Section 12.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the amendment,
change or modification of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, except to cure any ambiguity or defect
or to amend or supplement any provision in a manner that would not materially adversely affect the
interests of the Certificateholder.

The Owner Trustee shall notify the Certificateholder in writing of any appointment of a successor
Note Registrar or Trust Collateral Agent within five Business Days after receipt of notice thereof.

          SECTION 4.2. Action by Certificateholder with Respect to Certain Matters. The Owner
Trustee shall not have the power, except upon the direction of the Certificateholder or the Insurer
in accordance with the Basic Documents, to (a) remove the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement pursuant to Section 9.2 thereof or (b) except as expressly provided in the Basic
Documents, sell the Receivables after the termination of the Indenture. The Owner Trustee shall
take the actions referred to in the preceding sentence only upon written instructions signed by the
Certificateholder and the furnishing of indemnification satisfactory to the Owner Trustee by the
Certificateholder.

          SECTION 4.3. Restrictions on Certificateholder’s Power.

          (a) The Certificateholder shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take or refrain from taking
any action if such action or inaction would be contrary to any obligation of the Trust or the Owner
Trustee under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents or would be contrary to Section 2.3 nor
shall the Owner Trustee be obligated to follow any such direction, if given.

          (b) The Certificateholder shall not have any right by virtue or by availing itself of any
provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit, action, or proceeding in equity or at law upon
or under or with respect to this Agreement or any Basic Document, unless the Certificateholder is
the Instructing Party pursuant to Section 5.3 and unless the Certificateholder previously shall
have given to the Owner Trustee a written notice of default and of the continuance thereof, as
provided in this Agreement, and also unless the Certificateholder shall have made written request
upon the Owner Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Owner
Trustee under this Agreement and shall have offered to the Owner Trustee such reasonable indemnity
as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby,
and the Owner Trustee, for 30 days after its receipt of such notice, request, and offer of
indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit, or proceeding, and
during such 30-day period no request or waiver inconsistent with such written request has been
given to the Owner Trustee pursuant to and in compliance with this Section or Section 5.3. For the
protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, the Certificateholder and the Owner
Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

13

 

          SECTION 4.4. Rights of Insurer(a) . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the
Basic Documents, without the prior written consent of the Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default
shall have occurred and be continuing), the Owner Trustee shall not (i) remove the Servicer, (ii)
initiate any claim, suit or proceeding by the Trust or compromise any claim, suit or proceeding
brought by or against the Trust, other than with respect to the enforcement of any Receivable or
any rights of the Trust thereunder, (iii) authorize the merger or consolidation of the Trust with
or into any other statutory trust or other entity (other than in accordance with Section 3.10 of
the Indenture) or (iv) amend the Certificate of Trust (unless such amendment is required to be
filed under the Statutory Trust Statute).

          SECTION 4.5. Action with Respect to Bankruptcy Action

          (a) The Trust shall not, without the prior written consent of the Owner Trustee, (a) institute
any proceedings to adjudicate the Trust a bankrupt or insolvent, (b) consent to the institution of
bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Trust, (c) file a petition seeking or consenting
to reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy with
respect to the Trust, (d) consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Trust or a substantial part of its property, (e)
make any assignment for the benefit of the Trust’s creditors; (f) cause the Trust to admit in
writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or (g) take any action in
furtherance of any of the foregoing (any of the above foregoing actions, a “Bankruptcy 
Action”). In considering whether to give or withhold written consent to a Bankruptcy
Action by the Trust, the Owner Trustee, with the consent of the Certificateholders (hereby given,
which consent the Certificateholders believe to be in the best interests of the Certificateholders
and the Trust), shall consider the interest of the Noteholders and the Insurer in addition to the
interests of the Trust and whether the Trust is insolvent; provided, however, that
the Owner Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the Noteholders or the Insurer.
The Owner Trustee shall have no duty to give such written consent to a Bankruptcy Action by the
Trust if the Owner Trustee shall not have been furnished (at the expense of the Trust) or the
Person that requested that such letter be furnished to the Owner Trustee) a letter from an
independent accounting firm of national reputation stating that in the opinion of such firm the
Trust is then insolvent. The Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity) shall not be
personally liable to any Person on account of the Owner Trustee’s good faith reliance on the
provisions of this Section or in connection with the Owner Trustee’s giving prior written consent
to a Bankruptcy Action by the Trust in accordance herewith, or withholding such consent, in good
faith, and neither the Trust nor any Certificateholder shall have any claim for breach of fiduciary
duty or otherwise against the Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity) for giving or
withholding its consent to any such Bankruptcy Action.

          (b) The parties hereto stipulate and agree that no Certificateholder has power to commence any
Bankruptcy Action on the part of the Trust or to direct the Owner Trustee to take any Bankruptcy
Action on the part of the Trust except as provided in Section 4.5(a). To the extent permitted by
applicable law, the consent of the Insurer and the Trust Collateral Agent shall be obtained prior
to taking any Bankruptcy Action by the Trust.

          (c) The provisions of this Section do not constitute an acknowledgement or admission by the
Trust, the Owner Trustee, any Certificateholder or any creditor of the Trust that

14

 

the Trust is eligible to be a debtor, under the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq., as
amended.

          SECTION 4.6. Covenants and Restrictions on Conduct of Business.

     (a) The Trust agrees to abide by the following restrictions:

     (i) other than as contemplated by the Basic Documents and related documentation, the
Trust shall not incur any indebtedness;

     (ii) other than as contemplated by the Basic Documents and related documentation, the
Trust shall not engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger or sale of
assets;

     (iii) the Trust shall not engage in any business activity in which it is not currently
engaged other than as contemplated by the Basic Documents and related documentation; and

     (iv) the Trust shall not form, or cause to be formed, any subsidiaries and shall not
own or acquire any asset other than as contemplated by the Basic Documents and related
documentation.

     (b) The Trust shall:

     (i) maintain books and records separate from any other person or entity;

     (ii) maintain its office and bank accounts separate from any other person or entity;

     (iii) not commingle its assets with those of any other person or entity;

     (iv) conduct its own business in its own name and use stationery or other business
forms under its own name and not that of any Certificateholder or any Affiliate;

     (v) other than as contemplated by the Basic Documents and related documentation, pay
its own liabilities and expenses only out of its own funds;

     (vi) observe all formalities required under the Statutory Trust Statute;

     (vii) not guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other person or entity;

     (viii) not hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligation of any
other person or entity;

     (ix) not acquire the obligations or securities of its Certificateholders or its
Affiliates;

15

 

     (x) other than as contemplated by the Basic Documents and related documentation, not
make loans to any other person or entity or buy or hold evidence of indebtedness issued by
any other person or entity;

     (xi) other than as contemplated by the Basic Documents and related documentation, not
pledge its assets for the benefit of any other person or entity;

     (xii) hold itself out as a separate entity from each Certificateholder and not conduct
any business in the name of any Certificateholder;

     (xiii) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity;

     (xiv) not identify itself as a division of any other person or entity; and

     (xv) except as required or specifically provided in the Trust Agreement, the Trust will
conduct business with the Certificateholders or any Affiliate thereof on an arm’s length
basis.

          (c) So long as the Notes or any other amounts owed under the Indenture remain outstanding, the
Trust shall not amend this Section 4.6 unless the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and
without the prior written consent of the Insurer.

ARTICLE V.

Authority and Duties of Owner Trustee

          SECTION 5.1. General Authority.

          (a) The Owner Trustee is authorized and directed to execute and deliver the Basic Documents to
which the Trust is named as a party, each certificate or other document attached as an exhibit to
or contemplated by the Basic Documents to which the Trust is named as a party and any amendment
thereto and on behalf of the Trust, each state business license (and any renewal thereof) prepared
by the Certificateholder or Servicer, including a Sales Finance Company Application (and any
renewal thereof) with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, Licensing Division, and a Financial
Regulation Application (and any renewal thereof) with the Maryland Department of Labor, Licensing
and Regulation, in each case, in such form as the Depositor shall approve as evidenced conclusively
by the Owner Trustee’s execution thereof, and on behalf of the Trust, to direct the Indenture
Trustee to authenticate and deliver Class A-1 Notes in the aggregate principal amount of
$160,000,000, Class A-2-A Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000, the Class A-2-B
Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $139,000,000, Class A-3 Notes in the aggregate principal
amount of $153,000,000 and Class A-4 Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $198,000,000. In
addition to the foregoing, the Owner Trustee is authorized, but shall not be obligated, to take all
actions required of the Trust pursuant to the Basic Documents. The Owner Trustee is further
authorized from time to time to take such action as the Instructing Party recommends with respect
to the Basic Documents so long as such activities are consistent with the terms of the Basic
Documents.

16

 

          (b) The Owner Trustee shall sign on behalf of the Trust any applicable tax returns of the
Trust, unless applicable law requires a Certificateholder to sign such documents.

          SECTION 5.2. General Duties. It shall be the duty of the Owner Trustee to discharge
(or cause to be discharged) all of its responsibilities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and to administer the Trust in the interest of the Holder, subject
to the Basic Documents and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have discharged its duties and responsibilities
hereunder and under the Basic Documents to the extent the Servicer has agreed in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement to perform any act or to discharge any duty of the Trust or the Owner Trustee
hereunder or under any Basic Document, and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the default or
failure of the Servicer to carry out its obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          SECTION 5.3. Action upon Instruction.

          (a) Subject to Article IV and the terms of the Spread Account Agreement, the Insurer (so long
as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing) or the Certificateholder (if an
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) (the “Instructing Party”) shall have
the exclusive right to direct the actions of the Owner Trustee in the
management of the Trust, so long as such instructions are not inconsistent with the express
terms set forth herein or in any Basic Document, provided, however, that the Owner
Trustee shall be permitted to treat the Insurer as the Instructing Party until such time as the
Owner Trustee has received written notice that the Insurer is no longer the Instructing Party as a
result of the occurrence and continuance of an Insurer Default. The Instructing Party shall not
instruct the Owner Trustee in a manner inconsistent with this Agreement or the Basic Documents.

          (b) The Owner Trustee shall not be required to take any action hereunder or under any Basic
Document if the Owner Trustee shall have reasonably determined, or shall have been advised by
counsel, that such action is likely to result in liability on the part of the Owner Trustee or is
contrary to the terms hereof or of any Basic Document or is otherwise contrary to law.

          (c) Whenever the Owner Trustee is unable to decide between alternative courses of action
permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement or any Basic Document, the Owner Trustee shall
promptly give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the
Instructing Party requesting instruction as to the course of action to be adopted, and to the
extent the Owner Trustee acts in good faith in accordance with any written instruction of the
Instructing Party received, the Owner Trustee shall not be liable on account of such action to any
Person. If the Owner Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within ten days of
such notice (or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or
may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain
from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Basic Documents, as it shall
deem to be in the best interests of the Certificateholder, and shall have no liability to any
Person for such action or inaction.

17

 

          (d) In the event that the Owner Trustee is unsure as to the application of any provision of
this Agreement or any Basic Document or any such provision is ambiguous as to its application, or
is, or appears to be, in conflict with any other applicable provision, or in the event that this
Agreement permits any determination by the Owner Trustee or is silent or is incomplete as to the
course of action that the Owner Trustee is required to take with respect to a particular set of
facts, the Owner Trustee may give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the
circumstances) to the Instructing Party requesting instruction and, to the extent that the Owner
Trustee acts or refrains from acting in good faith in accordance with any such instruction
received, the Owner Trustee shall not be liable, on account of such action or inaction, to any
Person. If the Owner Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within 10 days of
such notice (or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or
may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain
from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Basic Documents, as it shall
deem to be in the best interests of the Certificateholder, and shall have no liability to any
Person for such action or inaction.

          SECTION 5.4. No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions. The Owner
Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to manage, make any payment with respect to,
register, record, sell, dispose of, or otherwise deal with the Owner Trust Estate, or to
otherwise take or refrain from taking any action under, or in connection with, any document
contemplated hereby to which the Owner Trustee is a party, except as expressly provided by the
terms of this Agreement or in any document or written instruction received by the Owner Trustee
pursuant to Section 5.3; and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement or
any Basic Document against the Owner Trustee. The Owner Trustee shall have no responsibility for
filing any financing or continuation statement in any public office at any time or to otherwise
perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest or lien granted to it hereunder or to
prepare or file any Commission filing (including any filings required pursuant to the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder) for the Trust or to
record this Agreement or any Basic Document. The Owner Trustee nevertheless agrees that it will,
at its own cost and expense, promptly take all action as may be necessary to discharge any Liens on
any part of the Owner Trust Estate that result from actions by, or claims against, the Owner
Trustee (solely in its individual capacity) and that are not related to the ownership or the
administration of the Owner Trust Estate.

          SECTION 5.5. No Action Except under Specified Documents or Instructions. The Owner Trustee
shall not manage, control, use, sell, dispose of or otherwise deal with any part of the Owner Trust
Estate except (i) in accordance with the powers granted to and the authority conferred upon the
Owner Trustee pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) in accordance with the Basic Documents and (iii) in
accordance with any document or instruction delivered to the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 5.3.

          SECTION 5.6. Restrictions. The Owner Trustee shall not take any action (a) that is
inconsistent with the purposes of the Trust set forth in Section 2.3 or (b) that, to the actual
knowledge of the Owner Trustee, would result in the Trust’s becoming taxable as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes. The Certificateholder shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take
action that would violate the provisions of this Section.

18

 

ARTICLE VI.

Concerning the Owner Trustee

          SECTION 6.1. Acceptance of Trusts and Duties. The Owner Trustee accepts the trusts hereby
created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder with respect to such trusts but only upon the
terms of this Agreement. The Owner Trustee also agrees to disburse all moneys actually received by
it constituting part of the Owner Trust Estate upon the terms of the Basic Documents and this
Agreement. The Owner Trustee shall not be answerable or accountable hereunder or under any Basic
Document under any circumstances, except (i) for its own willful misconduct, bad faith or
negligence, (ii) in the case of the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty contained in
Section 6.3 expressly made by the Owner Trustee, (iii) for liabilities arising from the failure of
the Owner Trustee to perform obligations expressly undertaken by it in the last sentence of Section
5.4 hereof, (iv) for any investments issued by the Owner Trustee or any branch or affiliate thereof
in its commercial
capacity or (v) for taxes, fees or other charges on, based on or measured by, any fees, commissions
or compensation received by the Owner Trustee. In particular, but not by way of limitation (and
subject to the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence):

          (a) the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made by a Responsible
Officer of the Owner Trustee (except in the case of willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence);

          (b) the Owner Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be
taken by it in accordance with the instructions of the Instructing Party, the Servicer or the
Certificateholder;

          (c) no provision of this Agreement or any Basic Document shall require the Owner Trustee to
expend or risk funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its
rights or powers hereunder or under any Basic Document if the Owner Trustee shall have reasonable
grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or
liability is not reasonably assured or provided to it;

          (d) under no circumstances shall the Owner Trustee be liable for indebtedness evidenced by or
arising under any of the Basic Documents, including the principal of and interest on the Notes;

          (e) the Owner Trustee shall not be responsible for or in respect of the validity or
sufficiency of this Agreement or for the due execution hereof by the Depositor or for the form,
character, genuineness, sufficiency, value or validity of any of the Owner Trust Estate or for or
in respect of the validity or sufficiency of the Basic Documents, other than the certificate of
authentication on the Certificate, and the Owner Trustee shall in no event assume or incur any
liability, duty or obligation to the Insurer, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the
Collateral Agent, any Noteholder or to any Certificateholder, other than as expressly provided for
herein and in the Basic Documents;

19

 

          (f) the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the default or misconduct of the Insurer, the
Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Servicer under any of the Basic Documents or otherwise
and the Owner Trustee shall have no obligation or liability to perform the obligations under this
Agreement or the Basic Documents that are required to be performed by the Trustee under the
Indenture or the Trust Collateral Agent or the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement; and

          (g) the Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers
vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this
Agreement or otherwise or in relation to this Agreement or any Basic Document, at the request,
order or direction of the Instructing Party or the Certificateholder, unless such Instructing Party
or Certificateholder has offered to the Owner Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it
against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by the Owner Trustee therein or
thereby. The right of the Owner Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this
Agreement or in any Basic Document shall not be construed as a duty, and the
Owner Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its negligence, bad faith or willful
misconduct in the performance of any such act.

          SECTION 6.2. Furnishing of Documents. The Owner Trustee shall furnish to the
Certificateholder promptly upon receipt of a written request therefor, duplicates or copies of all
reports, notices, requests, demands, certificates, financial statements and any other instruments
furnished to the Owner Trustee under the Basic Documents.

          SECTION 6.3. Representations and Warranties. The Owner Trustee hereby represents and
warrants to the Depositor, the Holder and the Insurer (which shall have relied on such
representations and warranties in issuing the Note Policy), that:

          (a) It is a Delaware banking corporation, duly organized and validly existing in good standing
under the laws of the State of Delaware. It has all requisite corporate power and authority to
execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

          (b) It has taken all corporate action necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by it
of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be executed and delivered by one of its officers who is
duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf.

          (c) Neither the execution nor the delivery by it of this Agreement, nor the consummation by it
of the transactions contemplated hereby nor compliance by it with any of the terms or provisions
hereof will contravene any federal or Delaware state law, governmental rule or regulation governing
the banking or trust powers of the Owner Trustee or any judgment or order binding on it, or
constitute any default under its charter documents or by-laws or any indenture, mortgage, contract,
agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound.

          (d) The Agreement has been, or, when executed and delivered will have been, duly authorized,
validly executed and delivered by the Owner Trustee and constitutes, a valid and binding agreement
of the Owner Trustee, enforceable against the Owner Trustee in accordance with its terms, except to
the extent that enforceability may (A) be subject to

20

 

insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or
other similar laws, regulations or procedures of general applicability now or hereinafter in effect
relating to or affecting creditor’s rights generally and (B) be limited by general principles of
equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

          SECTION 6.4. Reliance; Advice of Counsel.

          (a) The Owner Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone in acting upon any signature,
instrument, notice, resolution, request, consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or
other document or paper believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper
party or parties. The Owner Trustee may accept a certified copy of a resolution of the board of
directors or other governing body of any corporate party as conclusive evidence that such
resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in full force and effect.

          As to any fact or matter the method of the determination of which is not specifically
prescribed herein, the Owner Trustee may for all purposes hereof rely on a certificate, signed by
the president or any vice president or by the treasurer, secretary or other authorized officers of
the relevant party, as to such fact or matter, and such certificate shall constitute full
protection to the Owner Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in
reliance thereon.

          (b) In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder and in the performance of its
duties and obligations under this Agreement or the Basic Documents, the Owner Trustee (i) may act
directly or through its agents or attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them,
and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the conduct or misconduct of such agents or attorneys
if such agents or attorneys shall have been selected by the Owner Trustee with reasonable care, and
(ii) may consult with counsel, accountants and other skilled persons to be selected with reasonable
care and employed by it. The Owner Trustee shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or
omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the written opinion or advice of any such counsel,
accountants or other such persons and according to such opinion not contrary to this Agreement or
any Basic Document.

          SECTION 6.5. Not Acting in Individual Capacity. Except as provided in this Article VI, in
accepting the trust hereby created Wilmington Trust Company acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder
and not in its individual capacity and all Persons having any claim against the Owner Trustee by
reason of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Basic Document shall look only to
the Owner Trust Estate for payment or satisfaction thereof.

          SECTION 6.6. Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificate or Receivables. The recitals
contained herein and in the Certificate (other than the signature and countersignature of the Owner
Trustee on the Certificate) shall be taken as the statements of the Depositor and the Owner Trustee
assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Owner Trustee makes no representations
as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement, of any Basic Document or of the Certificate
(other than the signature and countersignature of the Owner Trustee on the Certificate) or the
Notes, or of any Receivable or related documents. The Owner Trustee shall at no time have any
responsibility or liability for or with respect to the legality, validity and enforceability of any
Receivable, or the perfection and priority of any security interest created by any Receivable in
any Financed Vehicle or the maintenance of any such perfection and priority, or for or with respect
to the sufficiency of the Owner Trust Estate or its ability to generate the

21

 

payments to be
distributed to Certificateholder under this Agreement or the Noteholders under the Indenture,
including, without limitation: the existence, condition and ownership of any Financed Vehicle; the
existence and enforceability of any insurance thereon; the existence and contents of any Receivable
on any computer or other record thereof; the validity of the assignment of any Receivable to the
Trust or of any intervening assignment; the completeness of any Receivable; the performance or
enforcement of any Receivable; the compliance by the Depositor, the Servicer or any other Person
with any warranty or representation made under any Basic Document or in any related document or the
accuracy of any such warranty or representation or any action of the Trustee or the Servicer or any
subservicer taken in the name of the Owner Trustee.

          SECTION 6.7. Owner Trustee May Own Notes. The Owner Trustee in its individual or any
other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of the Notes and may deal with the Depositor, the
Trustee and the Servicer in banking transactions with the same rights as it would have if it were
not Owner Trustee.

          SECTION 6.8. Payments from Owner Trust Estate. All payments to be made by the Owner
Trustee under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents to which the Trust or the Owner Trustee
is a party shall be made only from the income and proceeds of the Owner Trust Estate and only to
the extent that the Owner Trustee shall have received income or proceeds from the Owner Trust
Estate to make such payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Wilmington Trust Company, or any
successor thereto, in its individual capacity, shall not be liable for any amounts payable under
this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents to which the Trust or the Owner Trustee is a party.

          SECTION 6.9. Doing Business in Other Jurisdictions. Notwithstanding anything
contained herein to the contrary, neither Wilmington Trust Company or any successor thereto, nor
the Owner Trustee shall be required to take any action in any jurisdiction other than in the State
of Delaware if the taking of such action will, even after the appointment of a co-trustee or
separate trustee in accordance with Section 9.5 hereof, (i) require the consent or approval or
authorization or order of or the giving of notice to, or the registration with or the taking of any
other action in respect of, any state or other governmental authority or agency of any jurisdiction
other than the State of Delaware; (ii) result in any fee, tax or other governmental charge under
the laws of the State of Delaware becoming payable by Wilmington Trust Company (or any successor
thereto); or (iii) subject Wilmington Trust Company (or any successor thereto) to personal
jurisdiction in any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware for causes of action arising from
acts unrelated to the consummation of the transactions by Wilmington Trust Company (or any
successor thereto) or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE VII.

Compensation of Owner Trustee

          SECTION 7.1. Owner Trustee’s Fees and Expenses. The Owner Trustee shall receive as
compensation for its services hereunder such fees as have been separately agreed upon before the
date hereof between AmeriCredit and the Owner Trustee, and the Owner Trustee shall

22

 

be entitled to
be reimbursed by the Depositor for its other reasonable expenses hereunder, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of such agents, representatives, experts and
counsel as the Owner Trustee may employ in connection with the exercise and performance of its
rights and its duties hereunder and under the Basic Documents. AmeriCredit Corp. shall be jointly
and severally liable for the fees and expenses owing to the Owner Trustee under this Section 7.1.

          SECTION 7.2. Indemnification The Depositor shall be liable as primary obligor for, and shall
indemnify the Owner Trustee and its officers, directors, successors, assigns, agents and servants (collectively, the
“Indemnified Parties”) from and against, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, taxes, claims, actions and suits, and any and all reasonable costs, expenses and
disbursements (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and nature whatsoever
(collectively, “Expenses”) which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted
against the Owner Trustee or any Indemnified Party in any way relating to or arising out of this
Agreement, the Basic Documents, the Owner Trust Estate, the administration of the Owner Trust
Estate or the action or inaction of the Owner Trustee hereunder, except only that the Depositor
shall not be liable for or required to indemnify the Owner Trustee from and against Expenses
arising or resulting from any of the matters described in the third sentence of Section 6.1. The
indemnities contained in this Section and the rights under Section 7.1 shall survive the
resignation or termination of the Owner Trustee or the termination of this Agreement. In any event
of any claim, action or proceeding for which indemnity will be sought pursuant to this Section, the
Owner Trustee’s choice of legal counsel shall be subject to the approval of the Depositor which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. AmeriCredit Corp. shall be jointly and severally
liable for the indemnification duties and obligations of the Depositor which are described in this
Section 7.2.

          SECTION 7.3. Payments to the Owner Trustee. Any amounts paid to the Owner Trustee
pursuant to this Article VII shall be deemed not to be a part of the Owner Trust Estate immediately
after such payment.

          SECTION 7.4. Non-recourse Obligations. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or
any Basic Document, the Owner Trustee agrees in its individual capacity and in its capacity as
Owner Trustee for the Trust that all obligations of the Trust to the Owner Trustee individually or
as Owner Trustee for the Trust shall be with recourse to the Owner Trust Estate only and
specifically shall be without recourse to the assets of the Holder.

ARTICLE VIII.

Termination of Trust Agreement

          SECTION 8.1. Termination of Trust Agreement.

          (a) This Agreement and the Trust shall terminate in accordance with Section 3808 of the
Statutory Trust Statute and be of no further force or effect upon the latest of (i) the maturity or
other liquidation of the last Receivable (including the purchase by the Servicer at its option or
by the Seller at its option of the corpus of the Trust as described in Section 10.1 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement) and the subsequent distribution of amounts in respect of such

23

 

Receivables as
provided in the Basic Documents, or (ii) the payment to the Certificateholder of all amounts
required to be paid to it pursuant to this Agreement and the payment to the Insurer of all amounts
payable or reimbursable to it pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Insurance
Agreement; provided, however, that the rights to indemnification under Section 7.2
and the rights under Section 7.1 shall survive the termination of the Trust. The Seller or
the Servicer shall promptly notify the Owner Trustee and the Insurer of any prospective termination
pursuant to this Section. The bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, death or incapacity of the
Certificateholder, shall not (x) operate to terminate this Agreement or the Trust, nor (y) entitle
the Certificateholder’s legal representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action
or proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of all or any part of the Trust or Owner
Trust Estate nor (z) otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties
hereto.

          (b) Neither the Depositor nor the Certificateholder shall be entitled to revoke or terminate
the Trust.

          (c) Notice of any termination of the Trust, specifying the Distribution Date upon which the
Certificateholder shall surrender the Certificate to the Trust Collateral Agent for payment of the
final distribution and cancellation, shall be given by the Owner Trustee by letter to the
Certificateholder mailed within five Business Days of receipt of notice of such termination from
the Servicer given pursuant to Section 10.1(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, stating (i) the
Distribution Date upon or with respect to which final payment of the Certificate shall be made upon
presentation and surrender of the Certificate at the office of the Trust Collateral Agent therein
designated, (ii) the amount of any such final payment, (iii) that the Record Date otherwise
applicable to such Distribution Date is not applicable, payments being made only upon presentation
and surrender of the Certificate at the office of the Trust Collateral Agent therein specified and
(iv) interest will cease to accrue on the Certificate. The Owner Trustee shall give such notice to
the Trust Collateral Agent and the Insurer at the time such notice is given to the
Certificateholder. Upon presentation and surrender of the Certificate, the Trust Collateral Agent
shall cause to be distributed to the Certificateholder amounts distributable on such Distribution
Date pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          In the event that the Certificateholder shall not surrender the Certificate for cancellation
within six months after the date specified in the above mentioned written notice, the Owner Trustee
shall give a second written notice to the Certificateholder to surrender the Certificate for
cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect thereto. If within one year after the
second notice the Certificate shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Owner Trustee
may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the
Certificateholder concerning surrender of its Certificate, and the cost thereof shall be paid out
of the funds and other assets that shall remain subject to this Agreement. Any funds remaining in
the Trust after exhaustion of such remedies shall be distributed, subject to applicable escheat
laws, by the Owner Trustee to the Holder.

          (d) Upon the completion of the winding up of the Trust in accordance with Section 3808 of the
Statutory Trust Statute and its termination, the Owner Trustee shall cause the Certificate of Trust
to be canceled by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State in accordance
with the provisions of Section 3810 of the Statutory Trust Statute.

24

 

ARTICLE IX.

Successor Owner Trustees and Additional Owner Trustees

          SECTION 9.1. Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee. The Owner Trustee shall at
all times be a corporation (i) satisfying the provisions of Section 3807(a) of the Statutory Trust
Statute; (ii) authorized to exercise corporate trust powers; (iii) having a combined capital and
surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state
authorities; and (iv) acceptable to the Insurer in its sole discretion, so long as an Insurer
Default shall not have occurred and be continuing. If such corporation shall publish reports of
condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or
examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such
corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent
report of condition so published. In case at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible
in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Owner Trustee shall resign immediately in
the manner and with the effect specified in Section 9.2.

          SECTION 9.2. Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee. The Owner Trustee may at any time
resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created by giving written notice thereof to the
Depositor, the Insurer and the Servicer. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Depositor
shall promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of
which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Owner Trustee and one copy to the successor
Owner Trustee, provided that the Depositor shall have received written confirmation from each of
the Rating Agencies that the proposed appointment will not result in an increased capital charge to
the Insurer by either of the Rating Agencies. If no successor Owner Trustee shall have been so
appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of
resignation, the resigning Owner Trustee or the Insurer may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.

          If at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions
of Section 9.1 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Depositor, or if at
any time the Owner Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or
insolvent, or a receiver of the Owner Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public
officer shall take charge or control of the Owner Trustee or of its property or affairs for the
purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the Depositor with the consent of the
Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing) may remove the
Owner Trustee. If the Depositor shall remove the Owner Trustee under the authority of the
immediately preceding sentence, the Depositor shall promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee by
written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing
Owner Trustee so removed, one copy to the Insurer and one copy to the successor Owner Trustee and
payment of all fees owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee.

          Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a successor Owner Trustee
pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall not become effective until acceptance of
appointment by the successor Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 9.3 and payment

25

 

of all fees and
expenses owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee. The Depositor shall provide notice of such
resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee to each of the Rating Agencies.

          SECTION 9.3. Successor Owner Trustee. Any successor Owner Trustee appointed pursuant
to Section 9.2 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Depositor, the Servicer, the Insurer
and to its predecessor Owner Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment under this Agreement,
and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Owner Trustee shall become effective
and such successor Owner Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully
vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement,
with like effect as if originally named as Owner Trustee. The predecessor Owner Trustee shall upon
payment of its fees and expenses deliver to the successor Owner Trustee all documents and
statements and monies held by it under this Agreement; and the Depositor and the predecessor Owner
Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be
required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor Owner Trustee all such
rights, powers, duties and obligations.

          No successor Owner Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section unless at the
time of such acceptance such successor Owner Trustee shall be eligible pursuant to Section 9.1.

          Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to this Section, the
Servicer shall mail notice of the successor of such Owner Trustee to the Certificateholder, the
Trustee, the Noteholders, the Insurer and the Rating Agencies. If the Servicer shall fail to mail
such notice within 10 days after acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee, the
successor Owner Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Servicer.

          SECTION 9.4. Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee. Any corporation into which the
Owner Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation
resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party,
or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the
Owner Trustee, shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation
shall be eligible pursuant to Section 9.1, without the execution or filing of any instrument or any
further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding; provided, further, that the Owner Trustee shall mail notice of such merger or
consolidation to the Rating Agencies and the Insurer.

          SECTION 9.5. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any
jurisdiction in which any part of the Owner Trust Estate or any Financed Vehicle may at the time be
located, the Servicer and the Owner
Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and shall execute and deliver all instruments to
appoint one or more Persons approved by the Owner Trustee and the Insurer to act as co-trustee,
jointly with the Owner Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the
Owner Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person, in such capacity, such title to the Trust, or any
part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties,
obligations, rights and trusts as the

26

 

Servicer and the Owner Trustee may consider necessary or
desirable. If the Servicer shall not have joined in such appointment within 15 days after the
receipt by it of a request to do so, the Owner Trustee subject, unless an Insurer Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, to the approval of the Insurer (which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld) shall have the power to make such appointment. No co-trustee or separate
trustee under this Agreement shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor
trustee pursuant to Section 9.1 and no notice of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate
trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 9.3.

          Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and
act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

     (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Owner
Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised or performed by the Owner Trustee and such
separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or
co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Owner Trustee joining in such
act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular
act or acts are to be performed, the Owner Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to
perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations
(including the holding of title to the Trust or any portion thereof in any such
jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or
co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Owner Trustee;

     (ii) no trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable by reason of any act or
omission of any other trustee under this Agreement; and

     (iii) the Servicer and the Owner Trustee acting jointly may at any time accept the
resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

          Any notice, request or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have been
given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of
them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement
and the conditions of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of
the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of
appointment, either jointly with the Owner Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein,
subject to all the provisions of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of this
Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the
Owner Trustee. Each such instrument shall be filed with the Owner Trustee and a copy thereof given
to the Servicer and the Insurer.

          Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Owner Trustee, its agent or
attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do
any lawful act under or in respect of this Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any
separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of
its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Owner
Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

27

 

ARTICLE X.

Miscellaneous

          SECTION 10.1. Supplements and Amendments.

          (a) This Agreement may be amended by the Depositor and the Owner Trustee, with the prior
written consent of the Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be
continuing) and with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, without the consent of any of the
Noteholders or the Certificateholder, (i) to cure any ambiguity or defect or (ii) to correct,
supplement or modify any provisions in this Agreement; provided, however, that
such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Insurer and the Owner
Trustee which may be based upon a certificate of the Servicer, adversely affect in any material
respect the interests of any Noteholder or Certificateholder.

          (b) This Agreement may also be amended from time to time, with the prior written consent of
the Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing) by the
Depositor and the Owner Trustee, with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, to the extent
such amendment materially and adversely affects the interests of the Noteholders, with the consent
of the Noteholders evidencing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, and
the consent of the Certificateholder (which consent of any Holder of a Certificate or Note given
pursuant to this Section or pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive
and binding on such Holder) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner
or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of
the Noteholders or the Certificateholder; provided, however, that subject to the
express rights of the Insurer under the Basic Documents, no such amendment shall (a) increase or
reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments
on Receivables or distributions that shall be required to be made for the benefit of the
Noteholders or the Certificateholder or (b) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes and the Certificate Balance required to consent to any such amendment, without
the consent of the Holders of all the outstanding Notes and the Certificateholder.

          Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Owner Trustee shall furnish
written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to the Certificateholder, the
Trustee and each of the Rating Agencies.

          It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholder, the Noteholders or the Trustee
pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but
it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of
obtaining such consents (and any other consents of the Certificateholder provided for in this
Agreement or in any other Basic Document) and of evidencing the authorization of the
execution thereof by Certificateholder shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the
Owner Trustee may prescribe. Promptly after the execution of any amendment to the Certificate of
Trust, the Owner Trustee shall cause the filing of such amendment with the Secretary of State.

28

 

          Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement or the Certificate of Trust, the
Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel (which shall also be
delivered to the Insurer) stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted
by this Agreement and that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such amendment
have been satisfied. The Owner Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such
amendment which affects the Owner Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement
or otherwise.

          SECTION 10.2. No Legal Title to Owner Trust Estate in Certificateholder. The
Certificateholder shall not have legal title to any part of the Owner Trust Estate. The
Certificateholder shall be entitled to receive distributions in accordance with Article VIII. No
transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right, title or interest of the
Certificateholder to and in its ownership interest in the Owner Trust Estate shall operate to
terminate this Agreement or the trust hereunder or entitle any transferee to an accounting or to
the transfer to it of legal title to any part of the Owner Trust Estate.

          SECTION 10.3. Limitations on Rights of Others. The provisions of this Agreement are solely
for the benefit of the Owner Trustee, the Depositor, the Certificateholder, the Servicer and, to
the extent expressly provided herein, the Insurer, the Trustee and the Noteholders, and nothing in
this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to any other Person any
legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in the Owner Trust Estate or under or in respect of this
Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.

          SECTION 10.4. Notices.

          (a) Unless otherwise expressly specified or permitted by the terms hereof, all notices shall
be in writing and shall be deemed given upon receipt personally delivered, delivered by overnight
courier or mailed first class mail or certified mail, in each case return receipt requested, and
shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt, if to the Owner Trustee, addressed to the
Corporate Trust Office; if to the Depositor, addressed to AFS SenSub Corp., 2265 B Renaissance
Drive, Suite 17, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, with a copy to AFS
SenSub Corp., c/o AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., 801 Cherry Street, Suite 3900, Fort Worth,
Texas 76102, Attention: Chief Financial Officer; if to the Insurer, addressed to Insurer, Financial
Security Assurance Inc., 31 West 52nd Street, New York, NY 10019, Attention: Senior Vice President
Transaction Oversight Department, Confirmation: (212) 826-0100, Telecopy Nos.: (212) 339-3518,
(212) 339-3529 (in each case in which notice or other communication to the Insurer refers to an
Event of Default, a claim on the Note Policy or with respect to which failure on the part of the
Insurer to respond shall be deemed to constitute consent or acceptance, then a copy of such notice
or other communication should also be sent to the attention of the General Counsel and the
Head-Financial Guaranty Group “URGENT MATERIAL ENCLOSED”); or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be
designated by such party in a written notice to each other party.

          (b) Any notice required or permitted to be given to a Certificateholder shall be given by
first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of the Holder. Any notice so mailed

29

 

within the
time prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether
or not the Certificateholder receives such notice.

          SECTION 10.5. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any
such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

          SECTION 10.6. Separate Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto
in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but
all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

          SECTION 10.7. Assignments; Insurer. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the parties hereto and the Insurer and their respective successors and permitted
assigns.

          SECTION 10.8. No Recourse. The Certificateholder by accepting a Certificate acknowledges
that the Certificate represents a beneficial interest in the Trust only and does not represent
interests in or obligations of the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the
Insurer or any Affiliate thereof and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets,
except as may be expressly set forth or contemplated in this Agreement, the Certificate or the
Basic Documents.

          SECTION 10.9. Headings. The headings of the various Articles and Sections herein are for
convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

          SECTION 10.10. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW
PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

          SECTION 10.11. Servicer The Servicer is authorized to prepare, or cause to be prepared, execute and
deliver on behalf of the Trust, the Hedge Agreement and all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates
and opinions as it shall be the duty of the Trust or Owner Trustee to prepare, file or deliver
pursuant to the Basic Documents. Upon written request, the Owner Trustee shall execute and deliver
to the Servicer a limited power of attorney appointing the Servicer the Trust’s agent and
attorney-in-fact to prepare, or cause to be prepared, execute and deliver all such documents,
reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions.

          SECTION 10.12. Nonpetition Covenants.

          (a) Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, the Certificateholder shall not,
prior to the date which is one year and one day after the termination

30

 

of this Agreement with
respect to the Trust, acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Trust to invoke the
process of any court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case
against the Trust under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the
Trust or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the
affairs of the Trust.

          (b) Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, but subject to the provisions of
Section 4.5, the Owner Trustee shall not, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the
termination of this Agreement, with respect to the Trust, acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke
or cause the Trust to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the purpose of
commencing or sustaining an involuntary case against the Trust under any federal or state
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust or any substantial part of its
property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Trust.

          SECTION 10.13. Third Party Beneficiary. The Insurer shall be an express third party
beneficiary of this Agreement, entitled to enforce the provisions hereof as if a party hereto.

          SECTION 10.14. Regulation AB. The Owner Trustee acknowledges and agrees that the
purpose of this Section 10.14 is to facilitate compliance by the Trust with the provisions of
Regulation AB and related rules and regulations of the Commission. The Owner Trustee acknowledges
that interpretations of the requirements of Regulation AB may change over time, whether due to
interpretive guidance provided by the Commission or its staff, consensus among participants in the
asset-backed securities markets, advice of counsel, or otherwise, and agrees hereby to comply with
reasonable requests made by the Servicer in good faith for delivery of information under these
provisions on the basis of evolving interpretations of Regulation AB. The Owner Trustee shall
cooperate fully with the Servicer and the Trust to deliver to the Servicer and the Trust any and
all statements, reports, certifications, records and any other information necessary in the good
faith determination of the Servicer to permit the Servicer and the Trust to comply with the
provisions
of Regulation AB, together with such disclosures relating to the Owner Trustee reasonably
believed by the Servicer to be necessary in order to effect such compliance.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

31

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Trust Agreement to be duly executed by
their respective officers hereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,	 	 
	 	 	     as Owner Trustee	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:
	 	/s/ J. Christopher Murphy
 

Name: J. Christopher Murphy
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title: Financial Services Officer	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	AFS SENSUB CORP.,	 	 
	 	 	     as Seller	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:
	 	/s/ Sheli Fitzgerald
 

Name: Sheli Fitzgerald
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title: Vice President, Structured Finance	 	 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO:

AMERICREDIT CORP.,

Solely with respect to Sections 7.1 and 7.2

	 	 	 	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ Susan B. Sheffield
 

     Name: Susan B. Sheffield
	 	 
	 

	 	     Title: Senior Vice President, Structured Finance	 	 

[Amended and Restated Trust Agreement]

 

 

EXHIBIT A

NUMBER

R-1

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE,

EXCEPT UNDER THE LIMITED CONDITIONS

SPECIFIED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT

 

ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE

evidencing a beneficial ownership interest in certain distributions of the Trust, as defined below,
the property of which includes a pool of retail installment sale contracts secured by new or used
automobiles, vans or light duty trucks and sold to the Trust by AFS SenSub Corp.

(This Certificate does not represent an interest in or obligation of AFS SenSub Corp. or any of its
Affiliates, except to the extent described below.)

     THIS CERTIFIES THAT AFS SenSub Corp. is the registered owner of a nonassessable, fully-paid,
beneficial ownership interest in certain distributions of AmeriCredit Automobile Receivables Trust
2008-A-F (the “Trust”) formed by AFS SenSub Corp., a Nevada corporation (the
“Seller”).

OWNER TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is the Certificate referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY	 	 
	 	 	not in its individual capacity but solely as	 	 
	 	 	Owner Trustee	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	by:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Authenticating Agent	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	by:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

 

 

     The Trust was created pursuant to a Trust Agreement dated as of January 3, 2008, as amended
and restated as of May 21, 2008 (the “Trust Agreement”), between the Seller and Wilmington
Trust Company, as owner trustee (the “Owner Trustee”), a summary of certain of the
pertinent provisions of which is set forth below. To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the
capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Trust Agreement.

     This is the duly authorized Certificate designated as “Asset Backed Certificate”
(herein called the “Certificate”). Also issued under the Indenture, dated as of May 21,
2008, between the Trust and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and trust collateral
agent, are five classes of Notes designated as “Class A-1 2.6936% Asset Backed Notes” (the
“Class A-1 Notes”), “Class A-2-A 4.47% Asset Backed Notes” (the “Class A-2-A
Notes”), “Class A-2-B Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes” (the “Class A-2-B
Notes”), “Class A-3 5.68% Asset Backed Notes” (the “Class A-3 Notes”) and
“Class A-4 6.96% Asset Backed Notes” (the “Class A-4 Notes” and together with the
Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2-A Notes, the Class A-2-B Notes and the Class A-3 Notes, the
“Notes”). This Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Trust Agreement, to which Trust Agreement the holder of this Certificate by
virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which such holder is bound. The property of the
Trust includes a pool of retail installment sale contracts secured by new and used automobiles,
vans or light duty trucks (the “Receivables”), all monies due thereunder on or after the
Cutoff Date, security interests in the vehicles financed thereby, certain bank accounts and the
proceeds thereof, proceeds from claims on certain insurance policies and certain other rights under
the Trust Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, all right, to and interest of the Seller
in and to the Purchase Agreement dated as of May 21, 2008 between AmeriCredit Financial Services,
Inc. and the Seller and all proceeds of the foregoing.

     The holder of this Certificate acknowledges and agrees that its rights to receive
distributions in respect of this Certificate are subordinated to the rights of the Noteholders as
described in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture and the Trust Agreement, as
applicable.

     Distributions on this Certificate will be made as provided in the Trust Agreement or any other
Basic Document by wire transfer or check mailed to the Certificateholder without the presentation
or surrender of this Certificate or the making of any notation hereon. Except as otherwise
provided in the Trust Agreement and notwithstanding the above, the final distribution on this
Certificate will be made after due notice by the Owner Trustee of the pendency of such distribution
and only upon presentation and surrender of this Certificate at the office or agency maintained for
the purpose by the Owner Trustee in the Corporate Trust Office.

     Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Certificate set forth on the
reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set
forth at this place.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been executed by an authorized
officer of the Owner Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not entitle the holder
hereof to any benefit under the Trust Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement or be
valid for any purpose.

A-2

 

     THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE
OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND
REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

A-3

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust and not in its individual
capacity, has caused this Certificate to be duly executed.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	AMERICREDIT AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
	 	 	     TRUST 2008-A-F
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:
	 	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
	 

	 	 	 	not in its individual capacity but
	 

	 	 	 	solely as Owner Trustee

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dated: May 29, 2008

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

A-4

 

(Reverse of Certificate)

     The Certificate does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, the Seller, the
Servicer, the Owner Trustee or any Affiliates of any of them and no recourse may be had against
such parties or their assets, except as may be expressly set forth or contemplated herein or in the
Trust Agreement, the Indenture or the Basic Documents. In addition, this Certificate is not
guaranteed by any governmental agency or instrumentality and is limited in right of payment to
certain collections with respect to the Receivables, all as more specifically set forth herein and
in the Sale and Servicing Agreement. A copy of each of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the
Trust Agreement may be examined during normal business hours at the principal office of the Seller,
and at such other places, if any, designated by the Seller, by any Certificateholder upon written
request.

     The Trust Agreement permits, with certain exceptions therein provided, the amendment thereof
and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Seller under the Trust Agreement at any
time by the Seller and the Owner Trustee with the consent of the Note Majority and the
Certificateholder. Any such consent by the Holder of this Certificate shall be conclusive and
binding on such Holder and on all future Holders of this Certificate and of any Certificate issued
upon the transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such
consent is made upon this Certificate. The Trust Agreement also permits the amendment thereof, in
certain limited circumstances, without the consent of the Certificateholder.

     As provided in the Trust Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the
transfer of this Certificate is registrable in the Certificate Register upon surrender of this
Certificate for registration of transfer at the offices or agencies of the Certificate Registrar
maintained by the Owner Trustee in the Corporate Trust Office, accompanied by a written instrument
of transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar duly executed
by the holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon a new
Certificate evidencing the same aggregate interest in the Trust will be issued to the designated
transferee. The initial Certificate Registrar appointed under the Trust Agreement is Wilmington
Trust Company. No service charge will be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange,
but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any tax or governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

     The Owner Trustee, the Insurer and any agent of the Owner Trustee or the Insurer may treat the
person in whose name this Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and none
of the Owner Trustee, the Insurer nor any such agent shall be affected by any notice to the
contrary.

     The obligations and responsibilities created by the Trust Agreement and the Trust created
thereby shall terminate upon the payment to the Certificateholder of all amounts required to be
paid to it pursuant to the Trust Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the disposition
of all property held as part of the Trust. The Seller or the Servicer of the Receivables may at
its option purchase the corpus of the Trust at a price specified in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, and such purchase of the Receivables and other property of the Trust will effect early
retirement of the Certificate; however, such right of purchase is exercisable, subject to

A-5

 

certain restrictions, only as of the last day of any Collection Period as of which the Pool
Balance is 10% or less of the Original Pool Balance.

     The Certificate may not be acquired by (a) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section
3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (b) a plan (as defined in
Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code) that is subject to Section 4975 or (c) any entity whose underlying
assets include assets of a plan described in (a) or (b) above by reason of such plan’s investment
in the entity (each, a “Benefit Plan”). By accepting and holding this Certificate, the
Holder hereof shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan.

     The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of the Depositor or the
Servicer, as the case may be, and the Owner Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness
thereof. The Owner Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Certificate or of any Receivable or related document.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been executed by an authorized officer
of the Owner Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature, this Certificate shall not entitle the
Holder hereof to any benefit under the Trust Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement or be
valid for any purpose.

A-6

 

ASSIGNMENT

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY

OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

OF ASSIGNEE

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	(Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	the within Certificate, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing	 	 

                    Attorney to transfer said Certificate on the books of the
Certificate Registrar, with full power of substitution in the premises.

	 	 	 	 	 
	Dated:

	 	 	 	*
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Signature	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Guaranteed:

	 	 	 	*
	 

	 	 	 	 

 

			
	*	 	NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered
owner as it appears on the face of the within Certificate in every particular, without
alteration, enlargement or any change whatever. Such signature must be guaranteed by an
“eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Certificate Registrar, which
requirements include membership or participation in STAMP or such other “signature guarantee
program” as may be determined by the Certificate Registrar in addition to, or in substitution
for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-7

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF

CERTIFICATE OF TRUST

OF

AMERICREDIT AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2008-A-F

          THIS Certificate of Trust of AMERICREDIT AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2008-A-F (the
“Trust”) is being duly executed and filed on behalf of the Trust by the undersigned, as
trustee, to form a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (12 Del. C.
§ 3801 et seq.) (the “Act”).

          1. Name. The name of the statutory trust formed by this Certificate of Trust is
“AmeriCredit Automobile Receivables Trust 2008-A-F.”

          2. Delaware Trustee. The name and business address of the trustee of the Trust in the
State of Delaware is Wilmington Trust Company, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware
19890-0001.

          3. Effective Date. This Certificate of Trust shall be effective upon filing.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate of Trust in accordance
with Section 3811(a)(1) of the Act.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its	 	 
	 	 	individual capacity but solely as trustee of the Trust	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

Name:
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title:exv4w3

Exhibit 4.3

Execution Version

 

SALE AND SERVICING

AGREEMENT

among

AMERICREDIT AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2008-A-F,

Issuer,

AFS SENSUB CORP.,

Seller,

AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.,

Servicer,

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

Backup Servicer and Trust Collateral Agent

Dated as of May 21, 2008

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE I Definitions
	 	 	1	 
	SECTION 1.1.   Definitions
	 	 	1	 
	SECTION 1.2.   Other Definitional Provisions
	 	 	22	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II Conveyance of Receivables
	 	 	23	 
	SECTION 2.1.   Conveyance of Receivables
	 	 	23	 
	SECTION 2.2.   [Reserved]
	 	 	23	 
	SECTION 2.3.   Further Encumbrance of Trust Property
	 	 	23	 
	SECTION 2.4.   Intention of the Parties
	 	 	24	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE III The Receivables
	 	 	25	 
	SECTION 3.1.   Representations and Warranties of Seller
	 	 	25	 
	SECTION 3.2.   Repurchase upon Breach
	 	 	25	 
	SECTION 3.3.   Custody of Receivable Files
	 	 	26	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IV Administration and Servicing of Receivables
	 	 	27	 
	SECTION 4.1.   Duties of the Servicer
	 	 	27	 
	SECTION 4.2.   Collection of Receivable Payments;
Modifications of Receivables; Lockbox Agreements
	 	 	29	 
	SECTION 4.3.   Realization upon Receivables
	 	 	32	 
	SECTION 4.4.   Insurance
	 	 	33	 
	SECTION 4.5.   Maintenance of Security Interests in Vehicles
	 	 	35	 
	SECTION 4.6.   Covenants, Representations, and Warranties of Servicer
	 	 	36	 
	SECTION 4.7.   Purchase of Receivables Upon Breach of Covenant
	 	 	37	 
	SECTION 4.8.   Total Servicing Fee; Payment of Certain Expenses by Servicer
	 	 	37	 
	SECTION 4.9.   Preliminary Servicer’s Certificate and Servicer’s Certificate
	 	 	38	 
	SECTION 4.10.   Annual Statement as to Compliance, Notice of Servicer
Termination Event
	 	 	39	 
	SECTION 4.11.   Annual Independent Accountants’ Report
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 4.12.   Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding Receivables
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 4.13.   Monthly Tape
	 	 	41	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE V Trust Accounts; Distributions; Statements to Noteholders
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 5.1.   Establishment of Trust Accounts
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 5.2.   [Reserved]
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 5.3.   Certain Reimbursements to the Servicer
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 5.4.   Application of Collections
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 5.5.   Withdrawals from Spread Account
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 5.6.   Additional Deposits
	 	 	46	 
	SECTION 5.7.   Distributions
	 	 	46	 
	SECTION 5.8.   Note Distribution Account
	 	 	48	 
	SECTION 5.9.   [Reserved]
	 	 	50	 
	SECTION 5.10.   Statements to Noteholders
	 	 	50	 

i

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	SECTION 5.11.   Optional Deposits by the Insurer
	 	 	51	 
	SECTION 5.12.   Determination of LIBOR
	 	 	51	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VI The Note Policy
	 	 	52	 
	SECTION 6.1.   Claims Under Note Policy
	 	 	52	 
	SECTION 6.2.   Preference Claims Under Note Policy
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 6.3.   Surrender of Note Policy
	 	 	54	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VII The Seller
	 	 	54	 
	SECTION 7.1.   Representations of Seller
	 	 	54	 
	SECTION 7.2.   Corporate Existence
	 	 	56	 
	SECTION 7.3.   Liability of Seller; Indemnities
	 	 	56	 
	SECTION 7.4.   Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of
the Obligations of, Seller
	 	 	57	 
	SECTION 7.5.   Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 7.6.   Ownership of the Certificates or Notes
	 	 	58	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VIII The Servicer
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 8.1.   Representations of Servicer
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 8.2.   Liability of Servicer; Indemnities
	 	 	60	 
	SECTION 8.3.   Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of the
Servicer or Backup Servicer
	 	 	62	 
	SECTION 8.4.   Limitation on Liability of Servicer, Backup Servicer and Others
	 	 	63	 
	SECTION 8.5.   Delegation of Duties
	 	 	64	 
	SECTION 8.6.   Servicer and Backup Servicer Not to Resign
	 	 	64	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IX Default
	 	 	65	 
	SECTION 9.1.   Servicer Termination Event
	 	 	65	 
	SECTION 9.2.   Consequences of a Servicer Termination Event
	 	 	66	 
	SECTION 9.3.   Appointment of Successor
	 	 	67	 
	SECTION 9.4.   Notification to Noteholders
	 	 	68	 
	SECTION 9.5.   Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	68	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE X Termination
	 	 	69	 
	SECTION 10.1.   Optional Purchase of All Receivables
	 	 	69	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE XI Administrative Duties of the Servicer
	 	 	69	 
	SECTION 11.1.   Administrative Duties
	 	 	69	 
	SECTION 11.2.   Records
	 	 	72	 
	SECTION 11.3.   Additional Information to be Furnished to the Issuer
	 	 	72	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE XII Miscellaneous Provisions
	 	 	72	 
	SECTION 12.1.   Amendment
	 	 	72	 
	SECTION 12.2.   Protection of Title to Trust
	 	 	73	 
	SECTION 12.3.   Notices
	 	 	75	 
	SECTION 12.4.   Assignment
	 	 	76	 
	SECTION 12.5.   Limitations on Rights of Others
	 	 	76	 

ii

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	SECTION 12.6.   Severability
	 	 	76	 
	SECTION 12.7.   Separate Counterparts
	 	 	76	 
	SECTION 12.8.   Headings
	 	 	77	 
	SECTION 12.9.   Governing Law
	 	 	77	 
	SECTION 12.10.   Assignment to Trustee
	 	 	77	 
	SECTION 12.11.   Nonpetition Covenants
	 	 	77	 
	SECTION 12.12.   Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Trustee
	 	 	77	 
	SECTION 12.13.   Independence of the Servicer
	 	 	78	 
	SECTION 12.14.   No Joint Venture
	 	 	78	 
	SECTION 12.15.   Replacement Hedge Agreement
	 	 	78	 
	SECTION 12.16.   State Business Licenses
	 	 	78	 

	 	 	 
	SCHEDULES
	 	 
	Schedule A

	 	Schedule of Receivables
	Schedule B

	 	Representations and Warranties of the Seller and the Servicer
	Schedule C

	 	Servicing Policies and Procedures
	 
	 	 
	EXHIBITS
	 	 
	Exhibit A

	 	Form of Servicer’s Certificate
	Exhibit B

	 	Form of Preliminary Servicer’s Certificate

iii

 

     SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT dated as of May 21, 2008, among AMERICREDIT AUTOMOBILE
RECEIVABLES TRUST 2008-A-F, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Issuer”), AFS SENSUB CORP., a
Nevada corporation (the “Seller”), AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., a Delaware
corporation (the “Servicer”) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking
association, in its capacity as Backup Servicer and Trust Collateral Agent.

     WHEREAS the Issuer desires to purchase a portfolio of receivables arising in connection with
motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts made by AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. or an
Originating Affiliate or acquired by AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc. or an Originating
Affiliate through motor vehicle dealers and third party lenders;

     WHEREAS the Seller has purchased such receivables from AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc.
and is willing to sell such receivables to the Issuer;

     WHEREAS the Servicer is willing to service all such receivables;

     WHEREAS the Backup Servicer is willing to provide backup servicing for all such receivables;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained,
the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

     SECTION 1.1.   Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and
phrases shall have the following meanings:

     “Accelerated Payment Amount Shortfall” means, with respect to any Distribution Date,
the excess, if any, of (i) the excess, if any, on such Distribution Date of the Pro Forma Note
Balance for such Distribution Date over the Required Pro Forma Note Balance for such Distribution
Date over (ii) the excess of the amount of Available Funds on such Distribution Date over the
amounts payable on such Distribution Date pursuant to Section 5.7(a)(i) through (vi).

     “Accelerated Payment Amount Shortfall Deposit” means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, any amount withdrawn from the Spread Account as an Accelerated Payment Amount Shortfall and
deposited to the Collection Account pursuant to Sections 5.5(b) and 5.6.

     “Accelerated Payment Shortfall Notice” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, a
written notice specifying the Accelerated Payment Amount Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

     “Accelerated Principal Amount” for a Distribution Date will equal the lesser of

 

 

     (x) the sum of (i) the excess, if any, of the amount of the total Available Funds on
such Distribution Date over the amounts payable on such Distribution Date pursuant to
clauses (i) through (vi) of Section 5.7(a) hereof plus (ii) amounts, if any, available in
accordance with the terms of the Spread Account Agreement; and

     (y) the excess, if any, on such Distribution Date of (i) the Pro Forma Note Balance
for such Distribution Date over (ii) the Required Pro Forma Note Balance for such
Distribution Date.

     “Accountants’ Report” means the report of a firm of nationally recognized Independent
Accountants described in Section 4.11.

     “Accounting Date” means, with respect to any Collection Period the last day of such
Collection Period.

     “Additional Funds Available” means, with respect to any Insured Distribution Date, the
sum of (i) the Deficiency Claim Amount, if any, received by the Trust Collateral Agent on the
Distribution Date related to such Insured Distribution Date plus (ii) the Insurer Optional Deposit,
if any, received by the Trust Collateral Agent with respect to such Insured Distribution Date.

     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling
or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this
definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management
and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.

     “Aggregate Principal Balance” means, with respect to any date of determination, the
sum of the Principal Balances for all Receivables (other than (i) any Receivable that became a
Liquidated Receivable prior to the end of the related Collection Period and (ii) any Receivable
that became a Purchased Receivable prior to the end of the related Collection Period) as of the
date of determination.

     “Agreement” means this Sale and Servicing Agreement, as the same may be amended and
supplemented from time to time.

     “AmeriCredit” means AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc.

     “Amount Financed” means, with respect to a Receivable, the aggregate amount advanced
under such Receivable toward the purchase price of the Financed Vehicle and any related costs,
including amounts advanced in respect of accessories, insurance premiums, service contracts, car
club and warranty contracts, other items customarily financed as part of motor vehicle retail
installment sale contracts or promissory notes, and related costs.

     “Annual Percentage Rate” or “APR” of a Receivable means the annual percentage
rate of finance charges or service charges, as stated in the related Contract.

2

 

     “Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement” means any agreement between a Third-Party
Lender and AmeriCredit or an Originating Affiliate relating to the acquisition of Receivables from
a Third Party Lender by AmeriCredit or an Originating Affiliate.

     “Available Funds” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the sum of (i) the
Collected Funds for the related Collection Period, (ii) all Purchase Amounts deposited in the
Collection Account during the related Collection Period, plus Investment Earnings with respect to
the Trust Accounts and the Spread Account for the related Collection Period, (iii) following the
acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Indenture, the amount of money or property
collected pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Indenture since the preceding Distribution Date by the
Trust Collateral Agent or Controlling Party for distribution pursuant to Section 5.6 and Section
5.8 of the Indenture, (iv) the proceeds of any purchase or sale of the assets of the Trust
described in Section 10.1 hereof, (v) any amounts received by the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant
to the Hedge Agreement with respect to the Class A-2-B Notes (less any amounts to be used to enter
into a replacement hedge agreement), and (vi) any amounts included in Available Funds pursuant to
Section 5.1(i) of this Agreement.

     “Backup Servicer” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

     “Base Servicing Fee” means, with respect to any Collection Period, the fee payable to
the Servicer for services rendered during such Collection Period, which shall be equal to the
product of (i) the Servicing Fee Rate times (ii) the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables
as of the opening of business on the first day of such Collection Period (or in the case of the
first Distribution Date, May 21, 2008) multiplied by (iii) one-twelfth (or in the case of the first
Distribution Date, the actual number of days during the Collection Period divided by 360).

     “Basic Documents” means this Agreement, the Certificate of Trust, the Trust Agreement,
the Indenture, the Spread Account Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, the
Insurance Agreement, the Hedge Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement, the Custodian Agreement,
the Purchase Agreement and other documents and certificates delivered in connection therewith.

     “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, legal holiday or other
day on which commercial banking institutions located in Wilmington, Delaware, Fort Worth, Texas,
New York, New York, Minneapolis, Minnesota or any other location of any successor Servicer,
successor Owner Trustee or successor Trust Collateral Agent are authorized or obligated by law,
executive order or governmental decree to be closed.

     “Certificate” means the trust certificate evidencing the beneficial interest of the
Certificateholder in the Trust.

     “Certificateholder” means the Person in whose name the Certificate is registered.

     “Class” means the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2-A Notes, the Class A-2-B Notes, the
Class A-3 Notes or the Class A-4 Notes, as the context requires.

     “Class A-1 Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

3

 

     “Class A-2-A Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

     “Class A-2-B Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

     “Class A-3 Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

     “Class A-4 Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

     “Closing Date” means May 29, 2008.

     “Collateral Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as
Collateral Agent under the Spread Account Agreement.

     “Collateral Insurance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).

     “Collected Funds” means, with respect to any Collection Period, the amount of funds in
the Collection Account representing collections on the Receivables during such Collection Period,
including all Net Liquidation Proceeds collected during such Collection Period (but excluding any
Purchase Amounts).

     “Collection Account” means the account designated as such, established and maintained
pursuant to Section 5.1.

     “Collection Period” means, with respect to the first Distribution Date, the period
beginning on the close of business on May 21, 2008, and ending on the close of business on May 31,
2008. With respect to each subsequent Distribution Date, “Collection Period” means the period
beginning on the close of business on the last day of the second preceding calendar month and
ending on the close of business on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar month. Any
amount stated “as of the close of business of the last day of a Collection Period” shall give
effect to the following calculations as determined as of the end of the day on such last day: (i)
all applications of collections and (ii) all distributions.

     “Collection Records” means all manually prepared or computer generated records
relating to collection efforts or payment histories with respect to the Receivables.

     “Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

     “Computer Tape” means the computer tapes or other electronic media furnished by the
Servicer to the Issuer and the Insurer and its assigns describing certain characteristics of the
Receivables as of the Cutoff Date.

     “Contract” means a motor vehicle retail installment sale contract or promissory note.

     “Controlling Party” means the Insurer, so long as no Insurer Default shall have
occurred and be continuing and the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholders, in
the event an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

4

 

     “Corporate Trust Office” means (i) with respect to the Owner Trustee, the principal
corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee, which at the time of execution of this agreement is
1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust
Administration, and (ii) with respect to the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup
Servicer and the Collateral Agent, the principal office thereof at which at any particular time its
corporate trust business shall be administered, which at the time of execution of this agreement is
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, MAC N9311-161, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, Attention:
Corporate Trust Office.

     “Cram Down Loss” means, with respect to a Receivable that has not become a Liquidated
Receivable, if a court of appropriate jurisdiction in a proceeding related to an Insolvency Event
shall have issued an order reducing the amount owed on a Receivable or otherwise modifying or
restructuring the Scheduled Receivables Payments to be made on a Receivable, an amount equal to (i)
the excess of the Principal Balance of such Receivable immediately prior to such order over the
Principal Balance of such Receivable as so reduced and/or (ii) if such court shall have issued an
order reducing the effective rate of interest on such Receivable, the excess of the Principal
Balance of such Receivable immediately prior to such order over the net present value (using as the
discount rate the higher of the APR on such Receivable or the rate of interest, if any, specified
by the court in such order) of the Scheduled Receivables Payments as so modified or restructured.
A Cram Down Loss shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of issuance of such order.

     “Custodian” means AmeriCredit and any other Person named from time to time as
custodian in any Custodian Agreement acting as agent for the Trust Collateral Agent, which Person
must be acceptable to the Controlling Party (the Custodian as of the Closing Date is acceptable to
the Insurer as of the Closing Date).

     “Custodian Agreement” means any Custodian Agreement from time to time in effect
between the Custodian named therein, the Insurer and the Trust Collateral Agent, as the same may be
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof,
which Custodian Agreement and any amendments, supplements or modifications thereto shall be
acceptable to the Controlling Party (the Custodian Agreement which is effective on the Closing Date
is acceptable to the Controlling Party).

     “Cutoff Date” means May 21, 2008.

     “Dealer” means a dealer who sold a Financed Vehicle and who originated and assigned
the respective Receivable to AmeriCredit or an Originating Affiliate under a Dealer Agreement or
pursuant to a Dealer Assignment.

     “Dealer Agreement” means any agreement between a Dealer and AmeriCredit or an
Originating Affiliate relating to the acquisition of Receivables from a Dealer by AmeriCredit or an
Originating Affiliate.

     “Dealer Assignment” means, with respect to a Receivable, the executed assignment
executed by a Dealer conveying such Receivable to AmeriCredit.

5

 

     “Deficiency Claim Amount” means, with respect to any Determination Date, after taking
into account the application on the related Distribution Date of the Available Funds for the
related Collection Period and any withdrawals from the Hedge Termination Account, if any, an amount
equal to the sum of, without duplication (i) any shortfall in the payment of the full amounts
described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (v) of Section 5.7(a) herein, (ii) the Noteholders’
Parity Deficit Amount, if any, for such Distribution Date and (iii) if the related Distribution
Date is the Final Scheduled Distribution Date of any Class, any remaining outstanding principal
balance of such Class, to the extent that such amount is available on the related Distribution Date
in accordance with the terms of the Spread Account Agreement.

     “Deficiency Claim Amount Deposit” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, any
amount withdrawn from the Spread Account as a Deficiency Claim Amount and deposited to the
Collection Account pursuant to Sections 5.5(a) and 5.6.

     “Deficiency Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.

     “Delivery” when used with respect to Trust Account Property means:

     (a) with respect to bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, negotiable certificates of
deposit and other obligations that constitute “instruments” within the meaning of Section
9-102(a)(47) of the UCC and are susceptible of physical delivery, transfer thereof to the
Trust Collateral Agent by physical delivery to the Trust Collateral Agent endorsed to, or
registered in the name of, the Trust Collateral Agent or endorsed in blank, and, with
respect to a certificated security (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(4) of the UCC), transfer
thereof (i) by delivery thereof to the Trust Collateral Agent of such certificated security
endorsed to, or registered in the name of, the Trust Collateral Agent or (ii) by delivery
thereof to a “clearing corporation” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(5) of the UCC) and the
making by such clearing corporation of appropriate entries on its books reducing the
appropriate securities account of the transferor and increasing the appropriate securities
account of the Trust Collateral Agent by the amount of such certificated security and the
identification by the clearing corporation of the certificated securities for the sole and
exclusive account of the Trust Collateral Agent (all of the foregoing, “Physical
Property”), and, in any event, any such Physical Property in registered form shall be in
the name of the Trust Collateral Agent or its nominee; and such additional or alternative
procedures as may hereafter become appropriate to effect the complete transfer of ownership
of any such Trust Account Property to the Trust Collateral Agent or its nominee or
custodian, consistent with changes in applicable law or regulations or the interpretation
thereof;

     (b) with respect to any security issued by the U.S. Treasury, the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation or by the Federal National Mortgage Association that is a book-entry
security held through the Federal Reserve System pursuant to federal book-entry regulations,
the following procedures, all in accordance with applicable law, including applicable
Federal regulations and Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC: book-entry registration of such Trust
Account Property to an appropriate book-entry account maintained with a Federal Reserve Bank
by a securities intermediary that is also a “depository” pursuant to applicable federal
regulations; the making by such securities intermediary of entries in its books and records
crediting such Trust Account Property to

6

 

the Trust Collateral Agent’s securities account at the securities intermediary and
identifying such book-entry security held through the Federal Reserve System pursuant to
federal book-entry regulations as belonging to the Trust Collateral Agent; and such
additional or alternative procedures as may hereafter become appropriate to effect complete
transfer of ownership of any such Trust Account Property to the Trust Collateral Agent,
consistent with changes in applicable law or regulations or the interpretation thereof;

     (c) with respect to any item of Trust Account Property that is an uncertificated
security under Article 8 of the UCC and that is not governed by clause (b) above,
registration on the books and records of the issuer thereof in the name of the Trust
Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian who either (i) becomes the registered owner on
behalf of the Trust Collateral Agent or (ii) having previously become the registered owner,
acknowledges that it holds for the Trust Collateral Agent; and

     (d) with respect to any item of Trust Account Property that is a financial asset under
Article 8 of the UCC and that is not governed by clause (b) above, causing the securities
intermediary to indicate on its books and records that such financial asset has been
credited to a securities account of the Trust Collateral Agent.

     “Determination Date” means, with respect to any Collection Period the earlier of (i)
the second Business Day preceding the Distribution Date in the next calendar month, and (ii) the
fourth Business Day preceding the Insured Distribution Date in the next calendar month.

     “Distribution Date” means, with respect to each Collection Period, the sixth day of
the following calendar month, or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately following
Business Day, commencing June 6, 2008. If AmeriCredit is no longer acting as Servicer, the
distribution date may be a different day of the month.

     “Draw Date” means, with respect to any Insured Distribution Date, the third Business
Day immediately preceding such Insured Distribution Date.

     “Electronic Ledger” means the electronic master record of the retail installment sales
contracts or installment loans of the Servicer.

     “Eligible Deposit Account” means a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
department of a depository institution acceptable to the Insurer organized under the laws of the
United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia (or any
domestic branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust powers and acting as trustee for funds
deposited in such account, so long as (i) any of the securities of such depository institution have
a credit rating from each Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies
investment grade and (ii) such depository institutions’ deposits are insured by the FDIC.

     “Eligible Investments” mean book-entry securities, negotiable instruments or
securities represented by instruments in bearer or registered form which evidence:

     (a) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to timely payment by,
the United States of America;

7

 

     (b) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of any depository
institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or
any state thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) and
subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking or depository institution
authorities (including depository receipts issued by any such institution or trust company
as custodian with respect to any obligation referred to in clause (a) above or portion of
such obligation for the benefit of the holders of such depository receipts);
provided, however, that at the time of the investment or contractual
commitment to invest therein (which shall be deemed to be made again each time funds are
reinvested following each Distribution Date), the commercial paper or other short-term
senior unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations the rating of which is based
on the credit of a Person other than such depository institution or trust company) of such
depository institution or trust company shall have a credit rating from Standard & Poor’s of
A-1+, from Moody’s of Prime-1 and from Fitch of F1+ (if rated by Fitch);

     (c) commercial paper and demand notes investing solely in commercial paper having, at
the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating from
Standard & Poor’s of A-1+, from Moody’s of Prime-1 and from Fitch of F1+ (if rated by
Fitch);

     (d) investments in money market funds (including funds for which the Trust Collateral
Agent or the Owner Trustee in each of their individual capacities or any of their respective
Affiliates is investment manager, controlling party or advisor) having a rating from
Standard & Poor’s of AAA-m or AAAm-G, from Moody’s of Aaa and from Fitch of AAA/V1+ (if
rated by Fitch) and having been approved by the Insurer;

     (e) bankers’ acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company referred
to in clause (b) above;

     (f) repurchase obligations with respect to any security that is a direct obligation of,
or fully guaranteed by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality
thereof the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United
States of America, in either case entered into with a depository institution or trust
company (acting as principal) referred to in clause (b) above;

     (g) any other investment which would satisfy the Rating Agency Condition and is
consistent with the ratings of the Securities (any investment identified to the Rating
Agencies prior to the Closing Date and made on the Closing Date, or as soon after the
Closing Date as is reasonably practicable, shall be deemed to satisfy the Rating Agency
Condition and to be consistent with the ratings of the Securities, upon the assignment of
initial ratings of the Securities by the Rating Agencies on the Closing Date) and which, so
long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, has been approved by the
Insurer, or any other investment that by its terms converts to cash within a finite period,
if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect thereto; and

     (h) cash denominated in United States dollars.

8

 

     Any of the foregoing Eligible Investments may be purchased by or through the Owner Trustee or
the Trust Collateral Agent or any of their respective Affiliates.

     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     “FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

     “Final Scheduled Distribution Date” means with respect to (i) the Class A-1 Notes, the
June 12, 2009 Distribution Date, (ii) the Class A-2-A Notes, the January 12, 2012 Distribution
Date, (iii) the Class A-2-B Notes, the January 12, 2012 Distribution Date, (iv) the Class A-3
Notes, the December 12, 2012 Distribution Date and (v) the Class A-4 Notes, the October 14, 2014
Distribution Date.

     “Financed Vehicle” means an automobile or light-duty truck, van or minivan, together
with all accessions thereto, securing an Obligor’s indebtedness under the respective Receivable.

     “Fitch” means Fitch, Inc., or its successor.

     “Force-Placed Insurance” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.4 hereof.

     “Hedge Account” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1(h).

     “Hedge Agreement” means the ISDA Master Agreement, dated May 29, 2008, between the
Issuer and the Hedge Provider, including the Schedule thereto, the Credit Support Annex thereto and
the Confirmation, dated May 20, 2008, relating to the Class A-2-B Notes, together with any
replacement hedge agreement (which replacement hedge agreement has been approved by the Insurer, so
long as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing); provided, that no additional hedge
agreement shall be a “Hedge Agreement” under the Basic Documents for so long as the Hedge Agreement
is outstanding without the prior written consent of the Hedge Provider, unless the Hedge Agreement
has terminated.

     “Hedge Provider” means Credit Suisse International, with respect to the Class A-2-B
Notes, together with any replacement Hedge Provider (which must be approved by the Insurer so long
as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing).

     “Hedge Termination Account” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1(a)(iii).

     “Hedge Termination Payment” means payments due to the Issuer by the Hedge Provider,
including interest that may accrue thereon, under the Hedge Agreement due to a termination of the
Hedge Agreement due to the occurrence of an “event of default” or a “termination event” under the
Hedge Agreement.

     “Indemnification Agreement” means the Indemnification Agreement dated as of May 20,
2008, among the Insurer, the Seller and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as the Representative of the
Underwriters.

9

 

     “Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of May 21, 2008, between the Issuer and Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trust Collateral Agent and Trustee, as the same may be amended
and supplemented from time to time.

     “Independent Accountants” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(a).

     “Insolvency Event” means, with respect to a specified Person, (a) the filing of a
petition against such Person or the entry of a decree or order for relief by a court having
jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person or any substantial part of its property in
an involuntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator, or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or
ordering the winding-up or liquidation or such Person’s affairs, and such petition, decree or order
shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (b) the commencement by
such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by such Person to the entry of an
order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by such Person to the
appointment of or taking possession by, a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator, or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or
the making by such Person of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by
such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by such
Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

     “Insurance Add-On Amount” means the premium charged to the Obligor in the event that
the Servicer obtains Force-Placed Insurance pursuant to Section 4.4.

     “Insurance Agreement” means the Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of May 21,
2008, among the Insurer, the Trust, the Seller, AmeriCredit Corp. and AmeriCredit, as the same may
be amended or supplemented from time to time.

     “Insurance Agreement Event of Default” means an “Event of Default” as defined
in the Insurance Agreement.

     “Insurance Policy” means, with respect to a Receivable, any insurance policy
(including the insurance policies described in Section 4.4 hereof) benefiting the holder of the
Receivable providing loss or physical damage, credit life, credit disability, theft, mechanical
breakdown or similar coverage with respect to the Financed Vehicle or the Obligor.

     “Insured Distribution Date” means the twelfth day of each month, or, if such twelfth
day is not a Business Day, the next following Business Day. In the event that, on any Distribution
Date, the Noteholders did not receive the full amount of the Scheduled Payment (as defined in the
Note Policy) then due to them, such shortfall (together with, in the case of an interest shortfall,
interest thereon at the related Interest Rate) shall be due and payable and shall be funded on the
Insured Distribution Date either from the Spread Account (if any amounts remain available to be
drawn therefrom following application of amounts on deposit therein on the related Distribution
Date) or from the proceeds of a drawing under the Note Policy. The

10

 

Record Date applicable to an Insured Distribution Date shall be the Record Date applicable to
the related Distribution Date.

     “Insurer” means Financial Security Assurance Inc., a monoline insurance company
incorporated under the laws of the State of New York, or any successor thereto, as issuer of the
Note Policy.

     “Insurer Default” means the occurrence and continuance of any of the following events:

     (a) the Insurer shall have failed to make a payment required under the Note Policy in
accordance with its terms;

     (b) the Insurer shall have (i) filed a petition or commenced any case or proceeding
under any provision or chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other similar
federal or state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or
reorganization, (ii) made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (iii)
had an order for relief entered against it under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any
other similar federal or state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation,
liquidation or reorganization which is final and nonappealable; or

     (c) a court of competent jurisdiction, the New York Department of Insurance or other
competent regulatory authority shall have entered a final and nonappealable order, judgment
or decree (i) appointing a custodian, trustee, agent or receiver for the Insurer or for all
or any material portion of its property or (ii) authorizing the taking of possession by a
custodian, trustee, agent or receiver of the Insurer (or the taking of possession of all or
any material portion of the property of the Insurer).

     “Insurer Optional Deposit” means, with respect to any Insured Distribution Date, an
amount delivered by the Insurer pursuant to Section 5.11, at its sole option, other than amounts in
respect of a Note Policy Claim Amount, to the Trust Collateral Agent for deposit into the
Collection Account for any of the following purposes: (i) to provide funds in respect of the
payment of fees or expenses of any provider of services to the Trust with respect to such Insured
Distribution Date; or (ii) to include such amount as part of the Additional Funds Available for
such Insured Distribution Date to the extent that without such amount a draw would be required to
be made on the Note Policy.

     “Interest Period” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the period from and
including the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has been paid (or in the case of the
first Distribution Date, from and including the Closing Date) to, but excluding, the following
Distribution Date. In the case of the first Distribution Date, the Interest Period shall be 8 days
for the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2-B Notes and 7 days for the Class A-2-A Notes, the Class
A-3 Notes and the Class A-4 Notes.

     “Interest Rate” means, with respect to (i) the Class A-1 Notes, 2.6936% per annum
(computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable
Interest Period), (ii) the Class A-2-A Notes, 4.47% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day
year consisting of twelve 30-day months), (iii) the Class A-2-B Notes, LIBOR plus

11

 

1.75% per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed
in the applicable Interest Period), (iv) the Class A-3 Notes, 5.68% per annum (computed on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) and (v) the Class A-4 Notes, 6.96% per
annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).

     “Investment Earnings” means, with respect to any date of determination and Trust
Account, the investment earnings on amounts on deposit in such Trust Account on such date.

     “Issuer” means AmeriCredit Automobile Receivables Trust 2008-A-F.

     “Issuer Secured Parties” means each of the Trustee in respect of the Trustee Issuer
Secured Obligations and the Insurer in respect of the Insurer Issuer Secured Obligations.

     “LIBOR” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12 hereof.

     “Lien” means a security interest, lien, charge, pledge, equity, or encumbrance of any
kind, other than tax liens, mechanics’ liens and any liens that attach to the respective Receivable
by operation of law as a result of any act or omission by the related Obligor.

     “Lien Certificate” means, with respect to a Financed Vehicle, an original certificate
of title, certificate of lien or other notification issued by the Registrar of Titles of the
applicable state to a secured party which indicates that the lien of the secured party on the
Financed Vehicle is recorded on the original certificate of title. In any jurisdiction in which
the original certificate of title is required to be given to the Obligor, the term “Lien
Certificate” shall mean only a certificate or notification issued to a secured party. For Financed
Vehicles registered in states which issue confirmation of the lienholder’s interest electronically,
the “Lien Certificate” may consist of notification of an electronic recordation by either a third
party service provider or the relevant Registrar of Titles of the applicable state which indicates
that the lien of the secured party on the Financed Vehicle is recorded on the original certificate
of title on the electronic lien and title system of the applicable state.

     “Liquidated Receivable” means, with respect to any Collection Period, a Receivable for
which, as of the last day of the Collection Period (i) 90 days have elapsed since the Servicer
repossessed the Financed Vehicle; provided, however, that in no case shall 10% or
more of a Scheduled Receivables Payment have become 210 or more days delinquent in the case of a
repossessed Financed Vehicle, (ii) the Servicer has determined in good faith that all amounts it
expects to recover have been received, (iii) 10% or more of a Scheduled Receivables Payment shall
have become 120 or more days delinquent, except in the case of a repossessed Financed Vehicle, or
(iv) that is, without duplication, a Sold Receivable.

     “Liquidation Proceeds” means, with respect to a Liquidated Receivable, all amounts
realized with respect to such Receivable (other than amounts withdrawn from the Spread Account and
drawings under the Note Policy), and, with respect to a Sold Receivable, the related Sale Amount.

     “Lockbox Account” means an account maintained on behalf of the Trust Collateral Agent
by the Lockbox Bank pursuant to Section 4.2(d).

12

 

     “Lockbox Agreement” means the Tri-Party Remittance Processing Agreement, dated as of
May 21, 2008, by and among AmeriCredit, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the Trust Collateral Agent,
as such agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time, unless the Trust Collateral
Agent shall cease to be a party thereunder, or such agreement shall be terminated in accordance
with its terms, in which event “Lockbox Agreement” shall mean such other agreement, in form and
substance acceptable to the Controlling Party, among the Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent and
the Lockbox Bank.

     “Lockbox Bank” means a depository institution named by the Servicer and acceptable to
the Controlling Party.

     “Minimum Sale Price” means (i) with respect to a Receivable (x) that has become 60 to
210 days delinquent or (y) that has become greater than 210 days delinquent and with respect to
which the related Financed Vehicle has been repossessed by the Servicer and has not yet been sold
at auction, the greater of (A) 55% multiplied by the Principal Balance of such Receivable and (B)
the product of the three month rolling average recovery rate (expressed as a percentage) for the
Servicer in its liquidation of all receivables for which it acts as servicer, either pursuant to
this Agreement or otherwise, multiplied by the Principal Balance of such Receivable or (ii) with
respect to a Receivable (x) with respect to which the related Financed Vehicle has been repossessed
by the Servicer and has been sold at auction and the Net Liquidation Proceeds for which have been
deposited in the Collection Account, or (y) that has become greater than 210 days delinquent and
with respect to which the related Financed Vehicle has not been repossessed by the Servicer despite
the Servicer’s diligent efforts, consistent with its servicing obligations, to repossess the
Financed Vehicle, $1.

     “Monthly Extension Rate” means, with respect to any Accounting Date, the fraction,
expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the aggregate Principal Balance of Receivables
whose payments are extended during the related Collection Period and the denominator of which is
the aggregate Principal Balance of Receivables as of the immediately preceding Accounting Date.

     “Monthly Records” means all records and data maintained by the Servicer with respect
to the Receivables, including the following with respect to each Receivable: the account number;
the originating Dealer; Obligor name; Obligor address; Obligor home phone number; Obligor business
phone number; original Principal Balance; original term; Annual Percentage Rate; current Principal
Balance; current remaining term; origination date; first payment date; final scheduled payment
date; next payment due date; date of most recent payment; new/used classification; collateral
description; days currently delinquent; number of contract extensions (months) to date; amount of
Scheduled Receivables Payment; current Insurance Policy expiration date; and past due late charges.

     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, or its successor.

     “Net Liquidation Proceeds” means, with respect to a Liquidated Receivable, Liquidation
Proceeds net of (i) reasonable expenses incurred by the Servicer in connection with the collection
of such Receivable and the repossession and disposition of the Financed Vehicle and (ii) amounts
that are required to be refunded to the Obligor on such Receivable; provided, 

13

 

however, that the Net Liquidation Proceeds with respect to any Receivable shall in no
event be less than zero.

     “Note Distribution Account” means the account designated as such, established and
maintained pursuant to Section 5.1.

     “Note Majority” means a majority by principal amount of the Noteholders.

     “Note Policy” means the financial guaranty insurance policy issued by the Insurer to
the Trust Collateral Agent, as agent for the Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders.

     “Note Policy Claim Amount” means, for any Insured Distribution Date, the sum of (x)
the excess, if any (without duplication) of (i) the sum of the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable
Amount and the Noteholders’ Remaining Parity Deficit Amount for the related Distribution Date
(excluding any portion of a Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount due to Noteholders
representing interest on any Noteholders’ Interest Carryover Amount accrued from and including the
date of payment of the amount of such Noteholders’ Interest Carryover Amount, unless the Insurer
elects, in its sole discretion, to pay such amounts in whole or in part, pursuant to the Note
Policy), together with, if such related Distribution Date was the Final Scheduled Distribution Date
for any Class, the unpaid principal balance of such Class over (ii) the sum of (a) the amount
actually deposited into the Note Distribution Account on such related Distribution Date (without
duplication of any Deficiency Claim Amount received by the Trustee and included in Additional Funds
Available) and (b) the Additional Funds Available, if any, for such Insured Distribution Date plus
(y) the Noteholders’ Interest Carryover Amount, if any, which has accrued since the related
Distribution Date.

     “Note Pool Factor” for each Class of Notes as of the close of business on any date of
determination means a seven-digit decimal figure equal to the outstanding principal amount of such
Class of Notes divided by the original outstanding principal amount of such Class of Notes.

     “Noteholders’ Accelerated Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the Noteholders’ Percentage of the Accelerated Principal Amount on such Distribution Date, if
any.

     “Noteholders’ Interest Carryover Amount” means, with respect to any Class of Notes and
any date of determination, all or any portion of the Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount for
the Class of Notes for the immediately preceding Distribution Date, which remains unpaid as of such
date of determination, plus interest on such unpaid amount, to the extent permitted by law, at the
respective Interest Rate borne by the applicable Class of Notes from such immediately preceding
Distribution Date to but excluding such date of determination.

     “Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution
Date and Class of Notes, the sum of the Noteholders’ Monthly Interest Distributable Amount for such
Distribution Date and each Class of Notes and the Noteholders’ Interest Carryover Amount, if any,
for such Distribution Date and each such Class. Interest on the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2-B
Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the
applicable Interest Period. Interest on the Class A-2-A Notes, Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes
shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year

14

 

consisting of twelve 30-day months, except with respect to the first Interest Period when it
will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the
first Interest Period.

     “Noteholders’ Monthly Interest Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any
Distribution Date and any Class of Notes, interest accrued at the respective Interest Rate during
the applicable Interest Period on the principal amount of the Notes of such Class outstanding as of
the end of the prior Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, as of the
Closing Date); provided, that if such principal balance is further reduced by a payment of
principal on the Insured Distribution Date which immediately follows such prior Distribution Date,
then such interest shall accrue (i) from and including such prior Distribution Date to, but
excluding, such related Insured Distribution Date, on the principal balance outstanding as of the
end of the prior Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, as of the
Closing Date) and (ii) from and including such Insured Distribution Date, to, but excluding, the
following Distribution Date, on the principal balance outstanding as of the end of such Insured
Distribution Date, calculated (x) for the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2-B Notes, on the basis of a
360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Period and (y) for
the Class A-2-A Notes, Class A-3 Notes and Class A-4 Notes, on the basis of a 360-day year
consisting of twelve 30-day months (without adjustment for the actual number of business days
elapsed in the applicable Interest Period), except with respect to the first Interest Period.

     “Noteholders’ Monthly Principal Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the Noteholders’ Percentage of the Principal Distributable Amount.

     “Noteholders’ Parity Deficit Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate remaining principal balance of the Notes outstanding on such
Distribution Date, after giving effect to all reductions in such aggregate principal balance from
sources other than (i) the Spread Account and (ii) the Note Policy over (y) the Pool Balance at the
end of the prior calendar month.

     “Noteholders’ Percentage” means with respect to any Determination Date (i) relating to
a Distribution Date prior to the Distribution Date on which the combined principal amount of the
Class A-4 Notes is reduced to zero, 100%; (ii) relating to the Distribution Date on which the
combined principal amount of the Class A-4 Notes is scheduled to be reduced to zero, the percentage
equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the combined outstanding principal balance of
the Class A-4 Notes that remain unpaid immediately prior to such Distribution Date, and the
denominator of which is the Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date; and (iii)
relating to any other Distribution Date, 0%.

     “Noteholders’ Principal Carryover Amount” means, as of any date of determination, all
or any portion of the Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount from the preceding Distribution
Date which remains unpaid as of such date of determination.

     “Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, (other than the Final Scheduled Distribution Date for any Class of Notes), the sum of the
Noteholders’ Monthly Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the Noteholders’
Principal Carryover Amount, if any, as of such Distribution Date. The

15

 

Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount on the Final Scheduled Distribution Date for any
Class of Notes will equal the sum of (i) the Noteholders’ Monthly Principal Distributable Amount
for such Distribution Date, (ii) the Noteholders’ Principal Carryover Amount as of such
Distribution Date, and (iii) the excess of the outstanding principal amount of such Class of Notes,
if any, over the amounts described in clauses (i) and (ii).

     “Noteholders’ Remaining Parity Deficit Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the Noteholders’ Parity Deficit Amount for such Distribution Date minus any reduction in the
aggregate principal balance of the Notes made on such Distribution Date with funds withdrawn from
the Spread Account.

     “Obligor” on a Receivable means the purchaser or co-purchasers of the Financed Vehicle
and any other Person who owes payments under the Receivable.

     “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the chief executive officer, the
president, any executive vice president, any senior vice president, any vice president, any
assistant vice president, any treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any secretary or any assistant
secretary of the Seller or the Servicer, as appropriate.

     “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the
Insurer, which opinion is satisfactory in form and substance to the Trust Collateral Agent and, if
such opinion or a copy thereof is required by the provisions of this Agreement to be delivered to
the Insurer, to the Insurer.

     “Original Pool Balance” means the Pool Balance as of the Cutoff Date.

     “Originating Affiliate” means an Affiliate of AmeriCredit that has originated
Receivables and assigned its full interest therein to AmeriCredit.

     “Other Conveyed Property” means all property conveyed by the Seller to the Trust
pursuant to Section 2.1(b) through (i) of this Agreement.

     “Owner Trust Estate” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Trust Agreement.

     “Owner Trustee” means Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but
solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, its successors in interest or any successor
Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

     “Person” means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated
organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

     “Physical Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of
“Delivery” above.

16

 

     “Pool Balance” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate Principal Balance
of the Receivables (excluding Purchased Receivables and Liquidated Receivables) at the end of the
preceding calendar month.

     “Preliminary Servicer’s Certificate” means an Officers’ Certificate of the Servicer
delivered pursuant to Section 4.9(a), substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

     “Principal Balance” means, with respect to any Receivable, as of any date, the sum of
(x) the Amount Financed minus (i) that portion of all amounts received on or prior to such date and
allocable to principal in accordance with the terms of the Receivable and (ii) any Cram Down Loss
in respect of such Receivable plus (y) the accrued and unpaid interest on such Receivable.

     “Principal Distributable Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the sum of (i) the principal portion of all Collected
Funds received during the immediately preceding Collection Period (other than Liquidated
Receivables and Purchased Receivables), (ii) the Principal Balance of all Receivables that became
Liquidated Receivables during the related Collection Period (other than Purchased Receivables),
(iii) the principal portion of the Purchase Amounts received with respect to all Receivables that
became Purchased Receivables during the related Collection Period, (iv) in the sole discretion of
the Insurer, the Principal Balance of all the Receivables that were required to be purchased
pursuant to Sections 3.2 and 4.7, during such Collection Period but were not purchased, (v) the
aggregate amount of Cram Down Losses that shall have occurred during the related Collection Period;
and (vi) following the acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Indenture, the
amount of money or property collected pursuant to Section 5.4 of the Indenture since the preceding
Determination Date by the Trust Collateral Agent or Controlling Party for distribution pursuant to
Section 5.7 hereof over (y) the Step-Down Amount, if any, for such Distribution Date.

     “Pro Forma Note Balance” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the aggregate
remaining principal amount of the Notes outstanding on such Distribution Date, after giving effect
to distributions pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 5.7(a) hereof.

     “Prospectus Supplement” means the prospectus supplement, dated May 20, 2008, relating
to the offering of the Notes, as filed with the Commission.

     “Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement between the Seller and AmeriCredit,
dated as of May 21, 2008, pursuant to which the Seller acquires the Receivables, as such Agreement
may be amended from time to time.

     “Purchase Amount” means, with respect to a Purchased Receivable, the Principal Balance
and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Receivable, after giving effect to the receipt of any
moneys collected (from whatever source) on such Receivable, if any.

     “Purchased Receivable” means a Receivable purchased as of the close of business on the
last day of a Collection Period by the Servicer pursuant to Sections 4.2, 4.4(c), or 4.7 or
repurchased by the Seller or the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.2 or Section 10.1(a).

17

 

     “Rating Agency” means Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch. If no such organization
or successor maintains a rating on the Securities, “Rating Agency” shall be a nationally
recognized statistical rating organization or other comparable Person designated by the Seller and
acceptable to the Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be
continuing), notice of which designation shall be given to the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner
Trustee and the Servicer.

     “Rating Agency Condition” means, with respect to any action, that each of Moody’s,
Standard & Poor’s and Fitch shall have been given 10 days’ (or such shorter period as shall be
acceptable to each of Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch) prior notice thereof and that each of
Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s shall have notified the Seller, the Servicer, the Insurer, the Owner
Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent in writing that such action will not result in a reduction
or withdrawal of the then current rating of any Class of Notes, without taking into account the
presence of the Note Policy.

     “Realized Losses” means, with respect to any Receivable that becomes a Liquidated
Receivable, the excess of the Principal Balance of such Liquidated Receivable over Net Liquidation
Proceeds to the extent allocable to principal.

     “Receivables” means any Contract listed on Schedule A attached hereto (which Schedule
may be in the form of microfiche or a disk).

     “Receivable Files” means the documents specified in Section 3.3.

     “Record Date” means, with respect to each Distribution Date, the Business Day
immediately preceding such Distribution Date, unless otherwise specified in the Indenture. The
“Record Date” for any Insured Distribution Date shall be the “Record Date” applicable to the
related Distribution Date.

     “Registrar of Titles” means, with respect to any state, the governmental agency or
body responsible for the registration of, and the issuance of certificates of title relating to,
motor vehicles and liens thereon.

     “Regulation AB” means Subpart 229.1100—Asset Backed Securities (Regulation AB), 17
C.F.R. §§229.1100-229.1123, as such may be amended from time to time and subject to such
clarification and interpretation as have been provided by the Commission in the adopting release
(Asset-Backed Securities, Securities Act Release No. 33-8518.70 Fed. Reg. 1,506,1,531 (January 7,
2005)) or by the staff of the Commission, or as may be provided by the Commission or its staff from
time to time.

     “Required Pro Forma Note Balance” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, a
dollar amount equal to the product of (x) the difference between (i) 100% and (ii) the “OC Level”
(as defined in the Spread Account Agreement), which may step down over time in accordance with the
terms of the Spread Account Agreement (which difference will initially equal 77.5%) and (y) the
Pool Balance as of the end of the prior calendar month.

     “Requisite Amount” has the meaning specified in the Spread Account Agreement.

18

 

     “Responsible Officer” means, with respect to any Person, any Executive Vice President,
Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer,
Secretary, Assistant Secretary, or any other officer of such Person customarily performing
functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also, with respect
to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s
knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

     “Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page” has the meaning specified in Section 5.12 hereof.

     “Sale Amount” means, with respect to any Sold Receivable, the amount received from the
related third-party purchaser as payment for such Sold Receivable.

     “Sale and Servicing Agreement Collateral” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4
hereof.

     “Schedule of Receivables” means the schedule of all motor vehicle retail installment
sales contracts and promissory notes originally held as part of the Trust which is attached as
Schedule A (which Schedule may be in the form of microfiche or a disk).

     “Schedule of Representations” means the Schedule of Representations and Warranties
attached hereto as Schedule B.

     “Scheduled Receivables Payment” means, with respect to any Collection Period for any
Receivable, the amount set forth in such Receivable as required to be paid by the Obligor in such
Collection Period. If after the Closing Date, the Obligor’s obligation under a Receivable with
respect to a Collection Period has been modified so as to differ from the amount specified in such
Receivable as a result of (i) the order of a court in an insolvency proceeding involving the
Obligor, (ii) pursuant to the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act or (iii) modifications or extensions
of the Receivable permitted by Section 4.2(b), the Scheduled Receivables Payment with respect to
such Collection Period shall refer to the Obligor’s payment obligation with respect to such
Collection Period as so modified.

     “Seller” means AFS SenSub Corp., a Nevada corporation, and its successors in interest
to the extent permitted hereunder.

     “Service Contract” means, with respect to a Financed Vehicle, the agreement, if any,
financed under the related Receivable that provides for the repair of such Financed Vehicle.

     “Servicer” means AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., as the servicer of the
Receivables, and each successor servicer pursuant to Section 9.3.

     “Servicer Termination Event” means an event specified in Section 9.1.

     “Servicer’s Certificate” means an Officers’ Certificate of the Servicer delivered
pursuant to Section 4.9(b), substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

     “Servicing Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 4.8.

19

 

     “Servicing Fee Rate” means 2.25% per annum.

     “Simple Interest Method” means the method of allocating a fixed level payment on an
obligation between principal and interest, pursuant to which the portion of such payment that is
allocated to interest is equal to the product of the fixed rate of interest on such obligation
multiplied by the period of time (expressed as a fraction of a year, based on the actual number of
days in the calendar month and 365 days in the calendar year) elapsed since the preceding payment
under the obligation was made.

     “Sold Receivable” means a Receivable that was more than 60 days delinquent and was
sold to an unaffiliated third party by the Issuer, at the Servicer’s direction, as of the close of
business on the last day of a Collection Period and in accordance with the provisions of Section
4.3(c) hereof.

     “Spread Account” means the account designated as such, established and maintained
pursuant to the Spread Account Agreement.

     “Spread Account Agreement” means the Spread Account Agreement dated as of May 21,
2008, among the Insurer, the Issuer and the Collateral Agent, as the same may be modified,
supplemented or otherwise amended in accordance with the terms thereof.

     “Spread Account Initial Deposit” means an amount equal to 2.0% of the aggregate
Principal Balance of the Receivables on the Cutoff Date (which is equal to $18,404,997.33).

     “Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies,
Inc., or its successor.

     “Step-Down Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the excess, if any,
of (x) the Required Pro Forma Note Balance over (y) the Pro Forma Note Balance on such Distribution
Date, calculated for this purpose only without deduction for any Step-Down Amount (i.e., assuming
that the entire amount described in clause (x) of the definition of “Principal Distributable
Amount” is distributed as principal on the Notes).

     “Substitution of Collateral Criteria” means AmeriCredit’s written criteria for
substitution of collateral as delivered by AmeriCredit to the Insurer on or before the Closing
Date, as amended by revisions to such criteria as may be delivered by AmeriCredit to the Insurer
upon request.

     “Supplemental Servicing Fee” means, with respect to any Collection Period, all
administrative fees, expenses and charges paid by or on behalf of Obligors, including late fees,
prepayment fees and liquidation fees collected on the Receivables during such Collection Period but
excluding any fees or expenses related to extensions.

     “Third-Party Lender” means an entity that originated a loan to a consumer for the
purchase of a motor vehicle and sold the loan to AmeriCredit or an Originating Affiliate pursuant
to an Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement.

20

 

     “Third-Party Lender Assignment” means, with respect to a Receivable, the executed
assignment executed by a Third-Party Lender conveying such Receivable to AmeriCredit or an
Originating Affiliate.

     “Titled Third-Party Lender” means a Third-Party Lender that has agreed to assist
AmeriCredit or any successor servicer, to the extent necessary, with any repossession or legal
action in respect of Financed Vehicles with respect to which such Third-Party Lender has assigned
its full interest therein to AmeriCredit or an Originating Affiliate and is listed as first
lienholder or secured party on the Lien Certificate relating to such Financed Vehicle.

     “Trigger Event” has the meaning assigned thereto in the Spread Account Agreement.

     “Trust” means the Issuer.

     “Trust Account Property” means the Trust Accounts, all amounts and investments held
from time to time in any Trust Account (whether in the form of deposit accounts, Physical Property,
book-entry securities, uncertificated securities or otherwise), and all proceeds of the foregoing.

     “Trust Accounts” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.1.

     “Trust Agreement” means the Trust Agreement dated as of January 3, 2008, between the
Seller and the Owner Trustee, as amended and restated as of May 21, 2008, as the same may be
amended and supplemented from time to time.

     “Trust Collateral Agent” means the Person acting as Trust Collateral Agent hereunder,
its successors in interest and any successor Trust Collateral Agent hereunder.

     “Trust Officer” means, (i) in the case of the Trust Collateral Agent, the chairman or
vice-chairman of the board of directors, any managing director, the chairman or vice-chairman of
the executive committee of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, assistant
vice president, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the
cashier, any assistant cashier, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, the controller and
any assistant controller or any other officer of the Trust Collateral Agent customarily performing
functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with
respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred
because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and (ii) in the
case of the Owner Trustee, any officer in the corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee or any
agent of the Owner Trustee under a power of attorney with direct responsibility for the
administration of this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents on behalf of the Owner Trustee.

     “Trust Property” means the property and proceeds conveyed pursuant to Section 2.1,
together with certain monies paid on or after the Cutoff Date, the Note Policy, the Hedge
Agreement, the Collection Account (including all Eligible Investments therein and all proceeds
therefrom), the Spread Account, the Lockbox Account, the Note Distribution Account (including

21

 

all Eligible Investments therein and all proceeds therefrom) and certain other rights under
this Agreement.

     “Trustee” means the Person acting as Trustee under the Indenture, its successors in
interest and any successor trustee under the Indenture.

     “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction on
the date of the Agreement.

     SECTION 1.2.   Other Definitional Provisions.

     (a)   Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have meanings assigned to
them in the Indenture, or, if not defined therein, in the Trust Agreement.

     (b)   All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any
instrument governed hereby and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant
hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

     (c)   As used in this Agreement, in any instrument governed hereby and in any certificate or
other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined in this
Agreement or in any such instrument, certificate or other document, and accounting terms partly
defined in this Agreement or in any such instrument, certificate or other document to the extent
not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting
principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement or any such instrument, certificate or other
document, as applicable. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms in this Agreement
or in any such instrument, certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such
terms under generally accepted accounting principles, the definitions contained in this Agreement
or in any such instrument, certificate or other document shall control.

     (d)   The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and words of similar
import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any
particular provision of this Agreement; Section, Schedule and Exhibit references contained in this
Agreement are references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless
otherwise specified; and the term “including” shall mean “including without limitation.”

     (e)   The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as
the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders
of such terms.

     (f)   Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any instrument
or certificate delivered in connection herewith means such agreement, instrument or statute as from
time to time amended, modified or supplemented and includes (in the case of agreements or
instruments) references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein; references
to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.

22

 

ARTICLE II

Conveyance of Receivables

          SECTION 2.1.   Conveyance of Receivables. In consideration of the Issuer’s delivery to or
upon the order of the Seller on the Closing Date of the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes and
the other amounts to be distributed from time to time to the Seller in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement, the Seller does hereby sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the
Issuer, without recourse (subject to the Seller’s obligations set forth herein) and the Issuer
hereby purchases, all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to the following property,
whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising:

          (a)   the Receivables and all moneys received thereon after the Cutoff Date;

          (b)   the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to the
Receivables and any other interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

          (c)   any proceeds and the right to receive proceeds with respect to the Receivables from
claims on any physical damage, credit life or disability insurance policies covering Financed
Vehicles or Obligors and any proceeds from the liquidation of the Receivables;

          (d)   any proceeds from any Receivable repurchased by a Dealer pursuant to a Dealer Agreement
or a Third-Party Lender pursuant to an Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement as a result of a
breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement or Auto Loan Purchase and Sale
Agreement;

          (e)   all rights under any Service Contracts on the related Financed Vehicles;

          (f)   the related Receivable Files;

          (g)   all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in its rights and benefits, but none of
its obligations or burdens, under the Purchase Agreement, and the delivery requirements,
representations and warranties and the cure and repurchase obligations of AmeriCredit under the
Purchase Agreement;

          (h)   all of the Seller’s (i) Accounts, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Documents, (iv) Instruments
and (v) General Intangibles (as such terms are defined in the UCC) relating to the property
described in (a) through (g); and

          (i)   all proceeds and investments with respect to items (a) through (h).

     SECTION 2.2.   [Reserved].

     SECTION 2.3.   Further Encumbrance of Trust Property.

          (a)   Immediately upon the conveyance to the Trust by the Seller of any item of the Trust
Property pursuant to Section 2.1, all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to such

23

 

item of Trust Property shall terminate, and all such right, title and interest shall vest in
the Trust, in accordance with the Trust Agreement and Sections 3802 and 3805 of the Statutory Trust
Statute (as defined in the Trust Agreement).

     (b)   Immediately upon the vesting of the Trust Property in the Trust, the Trust shall have
the sole right to pledge or otherwise encumber, such Trust Property. Pursuant to the Indenture,
the Trust shall grant a security interest in the Trust Property (other than to the Spread Account)
to the Trust Collateral Agent and pursuant to the Spread Account Agreement, the Trust shall grant a
security interest in the Spread Account to the Collateral Agent, in each case securing the
repayment of the Notes. The Certificates shall represent the beneficial ownership interest in the
Trust Property, and the Certificateholders shall be entitled to receive distributions with respect
thereto as set forth herein.

     (c)   Following the payment in full of the Notes and the release and discharge of the
Indenture, all covenants of the Issuer under Article III of the Indenture shall, until payment in
full of the Certificates, remain as covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the
Certificateholders, enforceable by the Certificateholders to the same extent as such covenants were
enforceable by the Noteholders prior to the discharge of the Indenture. Any rights of the Trustee
under Article III of the Indenture, following the discharge of the Indenture, shall vest in
Certificateholders.

     (d)   The Trust Collateral Agent shall, at such time as there are no Notes or Certificates
outstanding and all sums due to (i) the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, (ii) the Insurer
pursuant to the Insurance Agreement and (iii) the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to this
Agreement, have been paid, release any remaining portion of the Trust Property to the Seller.

     SECTION 2.4.   Intention of the Parties.

     The execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute an acknowledgment by the Seller
and the Issuer that they intend that the assignment and transfer herein contemplated constitute a
sale and assignment outright, and not for security, of the Receivables and Other Conveyed Property,
for non-tax purposes, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any Liens, from the Seller to
the Issuer, and that the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property shall not be a part of the
Seller’s estate in the event of a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or
liquidation proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law,
or the occurrence of another similar event, of, or with respect to the Seller. In the event that
such conveyance is determined to be made as security for a loan made by the Issuer, the Noteholders
or the Certificateholder to the Seller, the Seller hereby grants to the Issuer a security interest
in all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the following property for the benefit
of the Issuer Secured Parties, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising, and
this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law (collectively, the “Sale
and Servicing Agreement Collateral”):

     (i)   the Receivables and all moneys received thereon after the Cutoff Date;

24

 

     (ii)   the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to
the Receivables and any other interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

     (iii)   any proceeds and the right to receive proceeds with respect to the Receivables
from claims on any physical damage, credit life or disability insurance policies covering
Financed Vehicles or Obligors and any proceeds from the liquidation of the Receivables;

     (iv)   any proceeds from any Receivable repurchased by a Dealer pursuant to a Dealer
Agreement or a Third-Party Lender pursuant to an Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement as a
result of a breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement or Auto
Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement;

     (v)   all rights under any Service Contracts on the related Financed Vehicles;

     (vi)   the related Receivable Files;

     (vii)   all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in its rights and benefits, but
none of its obligations or burdens, under the Purchase Agreement, and the delivery
requirements, representations and warranties and the cure and repurchase obligations of
AmeriCredit under the Purchase Agreement;

     (viii)   all of the Seller’s (a) Accounts, (b) Chattel Paper, (c) Documents, (d)
Instruments and (e) General Intangibles (as such terms are defined in the UCC) relating to
the property described in (i) through (vii); and

     (ix)   all proceeds and investments with respect to items (i) through (viii).

ARTICLE III

The Receivables

     SECTION 3.1.   Representations and Warranties of Seller.

     The Seller hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties set
forth on the Schedule of Representations attached hereto as Schedule B is true and correct on which
the Issuer is deemed to have relied in acquiring the Receivables and upon which the Insurer shall
be deemed to rely in issuing the Note Policy. Such representations and warranties speak as of the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, but shall survive the sale,
transfer and assignment of the Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Trust
Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture and shall not be waived.

     SECTION 3.2.   Repurchase upon Breach. (a) The Seller, the Servicer, the Backup
Servicer, the Insurer, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be, shall
inform the other parties to this Agreement promptly, by notice in writing, upon the discovery of
any breach of the Seller’s representations and warranties made
pursuant to Section 3.1.

25

 

As of the last day of the second (or, if the Seller so elects, the first) month
following the discovery by the Seller or receipt by the Seller of notice of such breach, unless
such breach is cured by such date, the Seller shall have an obligation to repurchase any Receivable
in which the interests of the Noteholders or the Insurer are materially and adversely affected by
any such breach as of such date. The “second month” shall mean the month following the month in
which discovery occurs or notice is given, and the “first month” shall mean the month in which
discovery occurs or notice is given. In consideration of and simultaneously with the repurchase of
the Receivable, the Seller shall remit, or cause AmeriCredit to remit, to the Collection Account
the Purchase Amount in the manner specified in Section 5.6 and the Issuer shall execute such
assignments and other documents reasonably requested by such person in order to effect such
repurchase. The sole remedy of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the
Trustee, the Backup Servicer or the Noteholders with respect to a breach of representations and
warranties pursuant to Section 3.1 and the agreement contained in this Section shall be the
repurchase of Receivables pursuant to this Section, subject to the conditions contained herein or
to enforce the obligation of AmeriCredit to the Seller to repurchase such Receivables pursuant to
the Purchase Agreement. Neither the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent nor the Trustee
shall have a duty to conduct any affirmative investigation as to the occurrence of any conditions
requiring the repurchase of any Receivable pursuant to this Section.

     In addition to the foregoing and notwithstanding whether the related Receivable shall have
been purchased by the Seller, the Seller shall indemnify the Trust, the Trustee, the Backup
Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent, Collateral Agent and the officers, directors, agents and
employees thereof, the Insurer, and the Noteholders against all costs, expenses, losses, damages,
claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, which may be asserted
against or incurred by any of them as a result of third party claims arising out of the events or
facts giving rise to such breach.

     (b)   Pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement, the Seller conveyed to the Trust all of the
Seller’s right, title and interest in its rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or
burdens, under the Purchase Agreement including the Seller’s rights under the Purchase Agreement
and the delivery requirements, representations and warranties and the cure or repurchase
obligations of AmeriCredit thereunder. The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Trust that
such assignment is valid, enforceable and effective to permit the Trust to enforce such obligations
of AmeriCredit under the Purchase Agreement. Any purchase by AmeriCredit pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement shall be deemed a purchase by the Seller pursuant to this Section 3.2 and the definition
of Purchased Receivable.

     SECTION 3.3.   Custody of Receivable Files.

     (a)   In connection with the sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the Other
Conveyed Property to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement and simultaneously with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, the Trust Collateral Agent shall enter into the Custodian Agreement
with the Custodian, dated as of May 21, 2008, pursuant to which the Trust Collateral Agent shall
revocably appoint the Custodian, and the Custodian shall accept such appointment, to act as the
agent of the Trust Collateral Agent as custodian of the following documents or instruments in its
possession or control (the “Receivable Files”) which shall be

26

 

delivered to the Custodian as agent of the Trust Collateral Agent on or before the Closing
Date (with respect to each Receivable):

     (i)   The fully executed original (or with respect to “electronic chattel paper”, the
authoritative copy) of the Contract; and

     (ii)   The Lien Certificate (when received), and otherwise such documents, if any, that
AmeriCredit keeps on file in accordance with its customary procedures indicating that the
Financed Vehicle is owned by the Obligor and subject to the interest of AmeriCredit (or an
Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender) as first lienholder or secured party
(including any Lien Certificate received by AmeriCredit), or, if such Lien Certificate has
not yet been received, a copy of the application therefor, showing AmeriCredit (or an
Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender) as secured party.

     (b)   If the Trust Collateral Agent is acting as the Custodian pursuant to Section 8 of the
Custodian Agreement, the Trust Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have assumed the obligations of
the Custodian (except for any liabilities incurred by the predecessor Custodian) specified in the
Custodian Agreement until such time as a successor Custodian has been appointed. Upon payment in
full of any Receivable, the Servicer will notify the Custodian pursuant to a certificate of an
officer of the Servicer (which certificate shall include a statement to the effect that all amounts
received in connection with such payments which are required to be deposited in the Collection
Account pursuant to Section 4.1 have been so deposited) and shall request delivery of the
Receivable and Receivable File to the Servicer. Upon the sale of any Receivable pursuant to
Section 4.3(c) hereof, the Servicer will notify the Custodian pursuant to a certificate of an
officer of the Servicer (which certificate shall include a statement to the effect that all amounts
received in connection with such sale which are required to be deposited in the Collection Account
pursuant to Section 4.3(c) have been so deposited) and shall request delivery of the Receivable and
Receivable File to the purchaser of such Receivable. From time to time as appropriate for
servicing and enforcing any Receivable, the Custodian shall, upon written request of an officer of
the Servicer and delivery to the Custodian of a receipt signed by such officer, cause the original
Receivable and the related Receivable File to be released to the Servicer. The Servicer’s receipt
of a Receivable and/or Receivable File shall obligate the Servicer to return the original
Receivable and the related Receivable File to the Custodian when its need by the Servicer has
ceased unless the Receivable is repurchased as described in Section 3.2 , 4.2 or 4.7.

ARTICLE IV

Administration and Servicing of Receivables

     SECTION 4.1.   Duties of the Servicer.

     The Servicer is hereby authorized to act as agent for the Trust and in such capacity shall
manage, service, administer and make collections on the Receivables, and perform the other actions
required by the Servicer under this Agreement. The Servicer agrees that its servicing of the
Receivables shall be carried out in accordance with customary and usual procedures of institutions
which service motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts and, to

27

 

the extent more exacting, the degree of skill and attention that the Servicer exercises from
time to time with respect to all comparable motor vehicle receivables that it services for itself
or others. In performing such duties, so long as AmeriCredit is the Servicer, it shall
substantially comply with the policies and procedures described on Schedule C, as such policies and
procedures may be updated from time to time. The Servicer’s duties shall include, without
limitation, collection and posting of all payments, responding to inquiries of Obligors on the
Receivables, investigating delinquencies, sending payment coupons to Obligors, reporting any
required tax information to Obligors, monitoring the collateral, complying with the terms of the
Lockbox Agreement, accounting for collections and furnishing monthly and annual statements to the
Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Insurer with respect to distributions, monitoring the
status of Insurance Policies with respect to the Financed Vehicles and performing the other duties
specified herein.

     The Servicer, or if AmeriCredit is no longer the Servicer, AmeriCredit, at the request of the
Servicer, shall also administer and enforce all rights and responsibilities of the holder of the
Receivables provided for in the Dealer Agreements and Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreements (and
shall maintain possession of the Dealer Agreements and Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreements, to
the extent it is necessary to do so), the Dealer Assignments, the Third-Party Lender Assignments
and the Insurance Policies, to the extent that such Dealer Agreements, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale
Agreements, Dealer Assignments, Third-Party Lender Assignments and Insurance Policies relate to the
Receivables, the Financed Vehicles or the Obligors. To the extent consistent with the standards,
policies and procedures otherwise required hereby, the Servicer shall follow its customary
standards, policies, and procedures and shall have full power and authority, acting alone, to do
any and all things in connection with such managing, servicing, administration and collection that
it may deem necessary or desirable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Servicer
is hereby authorized and empowered by the Trust to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Trust, any
and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge,
and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Receivables and with respect to the
Financed Vehicles; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Servicer shall not, except pursuant to an order from a court of competent jurisdiction, release an
Obligor from payment of any unpaid amount under any Receivable or waive the right to collect the
unpaid balance of any Receivable from the Obligor except in accordance with the Servicer’s
customary practices as reflected in the Servicing Policies and Procedures attached hereto as
Schedule C.

     The Servicer is hereby authorized to commence, in its own name or in the name of the Trust, a
legal proceeding to enforce a Receivable pursuant to Section 4.3 or to commence or participate in
any other legal proceeding (including, without limitation, a bankruptcy proceeding) relating to or
involving a Receivable, an Obligor or a Financed Vehicle. If the Servicer commences or
participates in such a legal proceeding in its own name, the Trust shall thereupon be deemed to
have automatically assigned such Receivable to the Servicer solely for purposes of commencing or
participating in any such proceeding as a party or claimant, and the Servicer is authorized and
empowered by the Trust to execute and deliver in the Servicer’s name any notices, demands, claims,
complaints, responses, affidavits or other documents or instruments in connection with any such
proceeding. The Trust Collateral Agent and the Owner Trustee shall furnish the Servicer with any
limited powers of attorney and other documents which the Servicer may reasonably request and which
the Servicer deems necessary or

28

 

appropriate and take any other steps which the Servicer may deem necessary or appropriate to
enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties under this Agreement.

     SECTION 4.2.   Collection of Receivable Payments; Modifications of Receivables; Lockbox
Agreements.

     (a)   Consistent with the standards, policies and procedures required by this Agreement, the
Servicer shall make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for under the terms and
provisions of the Receivables as and when the same shall become due, and shall follow such
collection procedures as it follows with respect to all comparable automobile receivables that it
services for itself or others and otherwise act with respect to the Receivables, the Dealer
Agreements, the Dealer Assignments, the Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreements, the Third-Party
Lender Assignments, the Insurance Policies and the Other Conveyed Property in such manner as will,
in the reasonable judgment of the Servicer, maximize the amount to be received by the Trust with
respect thereto, including directing the Issuer to sell the Receivables pursuant to Section 4.3(c)
hereof. The Servicer is authorized in its discretion to waive any prepayment charge, late payment
charge or any other similar fees that may be collected in the ordinary course of servicing any
Receivable.

     (b)   The Servicer may (A) at any time agree to a modification or amendment of a Receivable in
order to (i) not more than once per year, change the Obligor’s regular monthly due date to a date
that shall in no event be later than 30 days after the original monthly due date of that Receivable
or (ii) re-amortize the Scheduled Receivables Payments on the Receivable (x) following a partial
prepayment of principal, in accordance with its customary procedures or (y) following the Obligor’s
reinstatement based on local laws or (B) may direct the Issuer to sell the Receivables pursuant to
Section 4.3 hereof, if the Servicer believes in good faith that such extension, modification,
amendment or sale is necessary to avoid a default on such Receivable, will maximize the amount to
be received by the Trust with respect to such Receivable, and is otherwise in the best interests of
the Trust.

     (c)   The Servicer may grant payment extensions on, or other modifications or amendments to, a
receivable (in addition to those modifications permitted by Section 4.2(b) hereof), in accordance
with its customary procedures if the Servicer believes in good faith that such extension,
modification or amendment is necessary to avoid a default on such Receivable, will maximize the
amount to be received by the Trust with respect to such Receivable, and is otherwise in the best
interests of the Trust; provided, however, that:

     (i)   The aggregate period of all extensions on a Receivable shall not exceed eight
months;

     (ii)   In no event may a Receivable be extended beyond the Collection Period
immediately preceding the latest Final Scheduled Distribution Date;

     (iii)   The average Monthly Extension Rate for any three consecutive calendar months
shall not exceed 4%; and

     (iv)   So long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing, the
Servicer shall not amend or modify a Receivable (except as provided in

29

 

Section 4.2(b) and this Section 4.2(c)) without the consent of the Insurer or a Note
Majority (if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing).

     With respect to clause (iii) of this Section 4.2(c), in the event the average of the Monthly
Extension Rates calculated with respect to three consecutive calendar months exceeds 4% (which
information shall be set forth in the related Servicer’s Certificate), the Servicer shall, on the
third such Accounting Date, purchase from the Trust the Receivables with respect to which payment
had been extended (starting with the Receivables most recently so extended) in an aggregate
Principal Balance equal to the product of (i) the difference between such average of Monthly
Extension Rates and 4% and (ii) the Aggregate Principal Balance, and pay the related Purchase
Amount on the related Determination Date; provided, however, that in the event the
Backup Servicer shall be acting as Servicer hereunder, the foregoing sentence shall apply only in
respect of Receivables as to which payments had been extended by such Backup Servicer.

     (d)   The Servicer shall use its best efforts to notify or direct Obligors to make all
payments on the Receivables, whether by check or by direct debit of the Obligor’s bank account, to
be made directly to one or more Lockbox Banks, acting as agent for the Trust pursuant to a Lockbox
Agreement. The Servicer shall use its best efforts to notify or direct any Lockbox Bank to deposit
all payments on the Receivables in the Lockbox Account no later than the Business Day after
receipt, and to cause all amounts credited to the Lockbox Account on account of such payments to be
transferred to the Collection Account no later than the second Business Day after receipt of such
payments. The Lockbox Account shall be a demand deposit account held by the Lockbox Bank, or at
the request of the Controlling Party, an Eligible Deposit Account.

     Prior to the Closing Date, the Servicer shall have notified each Obligor that makes its
payments on the Receivables by check to make such payments thereafter directly to the Lockbox Bank
(except in the case of Obligors that have already been making such payments to the Lockbox Bank),
and shall have provided each such Obligor with remittance invoices in order to enable such Obligors
to make such payments directly to the Lockbox Bank for deposit into the Lockbox Account, and the
Servicer will continue, not less often than every three months, to so notify those Obligors who
have failed to make payments to the Lockbox Bank. If and to the extent requested by the
Controlling Party, the Servicer shall request each Obligor that makes payment on the Receivables by
direct debit of such Obligor’s bank account, to execute a new authorization for automatic payment
which in the judgment of the Controlling Party is sufficient to authorize direct debit by the
Lockbox Bank on behalf of the Trust. If at any time, the Lockbox Bank is unable to directly debit
an Obligor’s bank account that makes payment on the Receivables by direct debit and if such
inability is not cured within 15 days or cannot be cured by execution by the Obligor of a new
authorization for automatic payment, the Servicer shall notify such Obligor that it cannot make
payment by direct debit and must thereafter make payment by check.

     Notwithstanding any Lockbox Agreement, or any of the provisions of this Agreement relating to
the Lockbox Agreement, the Servicer shall remain obligated and liable to the Trust, the Trust
Collateral Agent, the Insurer and Noteholders for servicing and administering the Receivables and
the Other Conveyed Property in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement without diminution
of such obligation or liability by virtue thereof; provided,

30

 

however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any Backup Servicer for so long as a
Lockbox Bank is performing its obligations pursuant to the terms of a Lockbox Agreement.

     In the event of a termination of the Servicer, the successor Servicer shall assume all of the
rights and obligations of the outgoing Servicer under the Lockbox Agreement subject to the terms
hereof. In such event, the successor Servicer shall be deemed to have assumed all of the outgoing
Servicer’s interest therein and to have replaced the outgoing Servicer as a party to each such
Lockbox Agreement to the same extent as if such Lockbox Agreement had been assigned to the
successor Servicer, except that the outgoing Servicer shall not thereby be relieved of any
liability or obligations on the part of the outgoing Servicer to the Lockbox Bank under such
Lockbox Agreement. The outgoing Servicer shall, upon request of the Trust Collateral Agent, but at
the expense of the outgoing Servicer, deliver to the successor Servicer all documents and records
relating to each such Lockbox Agreement and an accounting of amounts collected and held by the
Lockbox Bank and otherwise use its best efforts to effect the orderly and efficient transfer of any
Lockbox Agreement to the successor Servicer. In the event that the Insurer (so long as an Insurer
Default shall not have occurred and be continuing) or a Note Majority (if an Insurer Default shall
have occurred and be continuing) elects to change the identity of the Lockbox Bank, the outgoing
Servicer, at its expense, shall cause the Lockbox Bank to deliver, at the direction of the Insurer
(so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing) or a Note Majority (if an
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) to the Trust Collateral Agent or a successor
Lockbox Bank, all documents and records relating to the Receivables and all amounts held (or
thereafter received) by the Lockbox Bank (together with an accounting of such amounts) and shall
otherwise use its best efforts to effect the orderly and efficient transfer of the lockbox
arrangements and the Servicer shall notify the Obligors to make payments to the Lockbox established
by the successor.

     (e)   The Servicer shall remit all payments by or on behalf of the Obligors received directly
by the Servicer to the Lockbox Bank as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the second
Business Day after receipt thereof, and such amounts shall be deposited into the Lockbox Account
and transferred from the Lockbox Account to the Collection Account in accordance with Section
4.2(d) hereof.

     (f)   AmeriCredit shall not cause or permit the substitution of the Financed Vehicle relating
to a Receivable unless: (i) the substitution is a replacement of the Financed Vehicle originally
financed under the related Receivable; (ii) the Financed Vehicle originally financed under the
related Receivable was either (x) insured under an Insurance Policy as required under Section
4.4(a) at the time of a casualty loss that is treated as a total loss under such Insurance Policy,
(y) deemed to be a “lemon” pursuant to applicable state law and repurchased by the related Dealer
or (z) is the subject of an order by a court of competent jurisdiction directing AmeriCredit to
substitute another vehicle under the related Receivable; (iii) the related Receivable is not more
than 30 days delinquent; (iv) the Obligor is deemed to be in “good standing” by the Servicer and is
not in breach of any requirement under the related Receivable; (v) the replacement Financed Vehicle
has a book value (N.A.D.A.) at least equal to the book value (N.A.D.A.) of the Financed Vehicle
that is being replaced, measured immediately before the casualty loss or replacement by the Dealer;
(vi) as of the date of such substitution, the replacement Financed Vehicle’s mileage is no greater
than the mileage on the Financed Vehicle that is being replaced and (vii) the substitution complies
with the Substitution of Collateral

31

 

Criteria; provided, however, that if the substitution is made pursuant to
clause (ii)(z), above, clauses (iii) through (vi) inclusive, shall not be applicable. So long as
the Note Policy is outstanding, AmeriCredit shall not cause or permit the substitution of Financed
Vehicles relating to Receivables having an original aggregate Principal Balance greater than two
percent (2%) of the Original Pool Balance, (the “Substitution Limit”). In the event that
the Substitution Limit is exceeded for any reason, AmeriCredit shall, on or before the next
following Accounting Date, repurchase a sufficient number of such Receivables to cause the
aggregate original Principal Balances of such Receivables to be less than the Substitution Limit.

     SECTION 4.3.   Realization upon Receivables.

     (a)   In addition to the Servicer’s ability to direct the Issuer to sell Receivables pursuant
to Section 4.3(c) hereof, and consistent with the standards, policies and procedures required by
this Agreement, the Servicer shall use its best efforts to repossess (or otherwise comparably
convert the ownership of) and liquidate any Financed Vehicle securing a Receivable with respect to
which the Servicer has determined that payments thereunder are not likely to be resumed, as soon as
is practicable; provided, however, that the Servicer may elect not to repossess a
Financed Vehicle if in its good faith judgment it determines that the proceeds ultimately
recoverable with respect to such Receivable would be increased by forbearance or if it instead
elects to direct the Issuer to sell the Receivables pursuant to Section 4.3(c). The Servicer is
authorized to follow such customary practices and procedures as it shall deem necessary or
advisable, consistent with the standard of care required by Section 4.1, which practices and
procedures may include reasonable efforts to realize upon any recourse to Dealers and Third-Party
Lenders, the sale of the related Financed Vehicle at public or private sale, the submission of
claims under an Insurance Policy and other actions by the Servicer in order to realize upon such a
Receivable. The foregoing is subject to the provision that, in any case in which the Financed
Vehicle shall have suffered damage, the Servicer shall not expend funds in connection with any
repair or towards the repossession of such Financed Vehicle unless it expects, in its discretion,
that such repair and/or repossession shall increase the proceeds of liquidation of the related
Receivable by an amount greater than the amount of such expenses. All amounts received upon
liquidation of a Financed Vehicle shall be remitted directly by the Servicer to the Collection
Account without deposit into any intervening account as soon as practicable, but in no event later
than the Business Day after receipt thereof. The Servicer shall be entitled to recover all
reasonable expenses incurred by it in the course of repossessing and liquidating a Financed Vehicle
into cash proceeds, but only out of the cash proceeds of such Financed Vehicle, any deficiency
obtained from the Obligor or any amounts received from the related Dealer or Third-Party Lender,
which amounts in reimbursement may be retained by the Servicer (and shall not be required to be
deposited as provided in Section 4.2(e)) to the extent of such expenses. The Servicer shall pay on
behalf of the Trust any personal property taxes assessed on repossessed Financed Vehicles. The
Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement of any such tax from Net Liquidation Proceeds with
respect to such Receivable.

     (b)   If the Servicer, or if AmeriCredit is no longer the Servicer, AmeriCredit at the request
of the Servicer, elects to commence a legal proceeding to enforce a Dealer Agreement, Auto Loan
Purchase and Sale Agreement, Dealer Assignment or Third-Party Lender Assignment, the act of
commencement shall be deemed to be an automatic assignment from the Trust to the Servicer, or to
AmeriCredit at the request of the Servicer, of the rights under such

32

 

Dealer Agreement, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement, Dealer Assignment or Third-Party
Lender Assignment for purposes of collection only. If, however, in any enforcement suit or legal
proceeding it is held that the Servicer or AmeriCredit, as appropriate, may not enforce a Dealer
Agreement, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement, Dealer Assignment or Third-Party Lender
Assignment on the grounds that it is not a real party in interest or a Person entitled to enforce
the Dealer Agreement, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement, Dealer Assignment or Third-Party
Lender Assignment, the Owner Trustee and/or the Trust Collateral Agent, at AmeriCredit’s expense,
or the Seller, at the Seller’s expense, shall take such steps as the Servicer deems reasonably
necessary to enforce the Dealer Agreement, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement, Dealer Assignment
or Third-Party Lender Assignment, including bringing suit in its name or the name of the Seller or
of the Trust and the Owner Trustee and/or the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the
Noteholders. All amounts recovered shall be remitted directly by the Servicer as provided in
Section 4.2(e).

     (c)   Consistent with the standards, policies and procedures required by this Agreement, the
Servicer may use its best efforts to locate a third party purchaser that is not affiliated with the
Servicer, the Seller or the Issuer to purchase from the Issuer any Receivable that has become more
than 60 days delinquent, and shall have the right to direct the Issuer to sell any such Receivable
to the third-party purchaser; provided, that no more than 20% of the number of Receivables
in the pool as of the Cutoff Date may be sold by the Issuer pursuant to this Section 4.3(c) in the
aggregate; provided further, that the Servicer may elect to not direct the Issuer
to sell a Receivable that has become more than 60 days delinquent if in its good faith judgment the
Servicer determines that the proceeds ultimately recoverable with respect to such Receivable would
be increased by forbearance. In selecting Receivables to be sold to a third party purchaser
pursuant to this Section 4.3(c), the Servicer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to locate
purchasers for the most delinquent Receivables first. In any event, the Servicer shall not use any
procedure in selecting Receivables to be sold to third party purchasers which is materially adverse
to the interest of the Noteholders or the Insurer. The Issuer shall sell each Sold Receivable for
the greatest market price possible; provided, however, that aggregate Sale Amounts
received by the Issuer for all Receivables sold to a single third-party purchaser on a single date
must be at least equal to the sum of the Minimum Sale Prices for all such Receivables. The
Servicer shall remit or cause the third-party purchaser to remit all sale proceeds from the sale of
Receivables to the Collection Account without deposit into any intervening account as soon as
practicable, but in no event later than the Business Day after receipt thereof.

     SECTION 4.4.   Insurance.

     (a)   The Servicer shall require, in accordance with its customary servicing policies and
procedures, that each Financed Vehicle be insured by the related Obligor under the Insurance
Policies referred to in Paragraph 27 of the Schedule of Representations and Warranties and shall
monitor the status of such physical loss and damage insurance coverage thereafter, in accordance
with its customary servicing procedures. Each Receivable requires the Obligor to maintain such
physical loss and damage insurance, naming AmeriCredit (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled
Third-Party Lender) and its successors and assigns as additional insureds, and permits the holder
of such Receivable to obtain physical loss and damage insurance at the expense of the Obligor if
the Obligor fails to maintain such insurance. If the Servicer shall

33

 

determine that an Obligor has failed to obtain or maintain a physical loss and damage
Insurance Policy covering the related Financed Vehicle which satisfies the conditions set forth in
clause (i)(a) of such Paragraph 27 (including, without limitation, during the repossession of such
Financed Vehicle) the Servicer may enforce the rights of the holder of the Receivable under the
Receivable to require the Obligor to obtain such physical loss and damage insurance in accordance
with its customary servicing policies and procedures. The Servicer may maintain a vendor’s single
interest or other collateral protection insurance policy with respect to all Financed Vehicles
(“Collateral Insurance”) which policy shall by its terms insure against physical loss and
damage in the event any Obligor fails to maintain physical loss and damage insurance with respect
to the related Financed Vehicle. The Servicer will cause itself, an Originating Affiliate or a
Titled Third-Party Lender, and may cause the Trust Collateral Agent, to be named as named insured
under all policies of Collateral Insurance. Costs incurred by the Servicer in maintaining such
Collateral Insurance shall be paid by the Servicer.

     (b)   The Servicer may, if an Obligor fails to obtain or maintain a physical loss and damage
Insurance Policy, obtain insurance with respect to the related Financed Vehicle and advance on
behalf of such Obligor, as required under the terms of the insurance policy, the premiums for such
insurance (such insurance being referred to herein as “Force-Placed Insurance”). All
policies of Force-Placed Insurance shall be endorsed with clauses providing for loss payable to the
Servicer. Any cost incurred by the Servicer in maintaining such Force-Placed Insurance shall only
be recoverable out of premiums paid by the Obligors or Net Liquidation Proceeds with respect to the
Receivable, as provided in Section 4.4(c).

     (c)   In connection with any Force-Placed Insurance obtained hereunder, the Servicer may, in
the manner and to the extent permitted by applicable law, require the Obligors to repay the entire
premium to the Servicer. In no event shall the Servicer include the amount of the premium in the
Amount Financed under the Receivable. For all purposes of this Agreement, the Insurance Add-On
Amount with respect to any Receivable having Force-Placed Insurance will be treated as a separate
obligation of the Obligor and will not be added to the Principal Balance of such Receivable, and
amounts allocable thereto will not be available for distribution on the Notes and the Certificates.
The Servicer shall retain and separately administer the right to receive payments from Obligors
with respect to Insurance Add-On Amounts or rebates of Forced-Placed Insurance premiums. If an
Obligor makes a payment with respect to a Receivable having Force-Placed Insurance, but the
Servicer is unable to determine whether the payment is allocable to the Receivable or to the
Insurance Add-On Amount, the payment shall be applied first to any unpaid Scheduled Receivables
Payments and then to the Insurance Add-On Amount. Net Liquidation Proceeds on any Receivable will
be used first to pay the Principal Balance and accrued interest on such Receivable and then to pay
the related Insurance Add-On Amount. If an Obligor under a Receivable with respect to which the
Servicer has placed Force-Placed Insurance fails to make scheduled payments of such Insurance
Add-On Amount as due, and the Servicer has determined that eventual payment of the Insurance Add-On
Amount is unlikely, the Servicer may, but shall not be required to, purchase such Receivable from
the Trust for the Purchase Amount on any subsequent Determination Date. Any such Receivable, and
any Receivable with respect to which the Servicer has placed Force-Placed Insurance which has been
paid in full (excluding any Insurance Add-On Amounts) will be assigned to the Servicer.

34

 

     (d)   The Servicer may sue to enforce or collect upon the Insurance Policies, in its own name,
if possible, or as agent of the Trust. If the Servicer elects to commence a legal proceeding to
enforce an Insurance Policy, the act of commencement shall be deemed to be an automatic assignment
of the rights of the Trust under such Insurance Policy to the Servicer for purposes of collection
only. If, however, in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding it is held that the Servicer may
not enforce an Insurance Policy on the grounds that it is not a real party in interest or a holder
entitled to enforce the Insurance Policy, the Owner Trustee and/or the Trust Collateral Agent, at
the Servicer’s expense, or the Seller, at the Seller’s expense, shall take such steps as the
Servicer deems necessary to enforce such Insurance Policy, including bringing suit in its name or
the name of the Trust and the Owner Trustee and/or the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of
the Noteholders.

     SECTION 4.5.   Maintenance of Security Interests in Vehicles.

     (a)   Consistent with the policies and procedures required by this Agreement, the Servicer
shall take such steps on behalf of the Trust as are necessary to maintain perfection of the
security interest created by each Receivable in the related Financed Vehicle, including, but not
limited to, obtaining the execution by the Obligors and the recording, registering, filing,
re-recording, re-filing, and re-registering of all security agreements, financing statements and
continuation statements as are necessary to maintain the security interest granted by the Obligors
under the respective Receivables. The Trust Collateral Agent hereby authorizes the Servicer, and
the Servicer agrees, to take any and all steps necessary to re-perfect such security interest on
behalf of the Trust as necessary because of the relocation of a Financed Vehicle or for any other
reason. In the event that the assignment of a Receivable to the Trust is insufficient, without a
notation on the related Financed Vehicle’s certificate of title, or without fulfilling any
additional administrative requirements under the laws of the state in which the Financed Vehicle is
located, to perfect a security interest in the related Financed Vehicle in favor of the Trust, the
Servicer hereby agrees that the designation of AmeriCredit (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled
Third-Party Lender) as the secured party on the Lien Certificate is in its capacity as Servicer as
agent of the Trust.

     (b)   Upon the occurrence of an Insurance Agreement Event of Default, the Insurer may (so long
as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing) instruct the Trust Collateral
Agent and the Servicer to take or cause to be taken, or, if an Insurer Default shall have occurred
and is continuing, upon the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event, the Trust Collateral Agent
and the Servicer shall take or cause to be taken such action as may, in the Opinion of Counsel to
the Controlling Party, be necessary to perfect or re-perfect the security interests in the Financed
Vehicles securing the Receivables in the name of the Trust by amending the title documents of such
Financed Vehicles or by such other reasonable means as may, in the Opinion of Counsel to the
Controlling Party, be necessary or prudent.

     AmeriCredit hereby agrees to pay all expenses related to such perfection or reperfection and
to take all action necessary therefor. In addition, prior to the occurrence of an Insurance
Agreement Event of Default, the Controlling Party may instruct the Trust Collateral Agent and the
Servicer to take or cause to be taken such action as may, in the opinion of counsel to the
Controlling Party, be necessary to perfect or re-perfect the security interest in the Financed
Vehicles underlying the Receivables in the name of the Trust, including by amending the title

35

 

documents of such Financed Vehicles or by such other reasonable means as may, in the opinion
of counsel to the Controlling Party, be necessary or prudent; provided, however,
that if the Controlling Party requests that the title documents be amended prior to the occurrence
of an Insurance Agreement Event of Default, the out-of-pocket expenses of the Servicer or the Trust
Collateral Agent in connection with such action shall be reimbursed to the Servicer or the Trust
Collateral Agent, as applicable, by the Controlling Party. AmeriCredit hereby appoints the Trust
Collateral Agent as its attorney-in-fact to take any and all steps required to be performed by
AmeriCredit pursuant to this Section 4.5(b) (it being understood that and agreed that the Trust
Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to take such steps with respect to all perfection or
reperfection, except as pursuant to the Basic Documents to which it is a party and to which
AmeriCredit has paid all expenses), including execution of Lien Certificates or any other documents
in the name and stead of AmeriCredit and the Trust Collateral Agent hereby accepts such
appointment.

     SECTION 4.6.   Covenants, Representations, and Warranties of Servicer. By its execution
and delivery of this Agreement, the Servicer makes the following representations, warranties and
covenants on which the Trust Collateral Agent relies in accepting the Receivables, on which the
Trustee relies in authenticating the Notes and on which the Insurer relies in issuing the Note
Policy.

     (a)   The Servicer covenants as follows:

     (i)   Liens in Force. The Financed Vehicle securing each Receivable shall not
be released in whole or in part from the security interest granted by the Receivable, except
upon payment in full of the Receivable or as otherwise contemplated herein;

     (ii)   No Impairment. The Servicer shall do nothing to impair the rights of
the Trust or the Noteholders in the Receivables, the Dealer Agreements, the Auto Loan
Purchase and Sale Agreements, the Dealer Assignments, the Third-Party Lender Assignments,
the Insurance Policies or the Other Conveyed Property except as otherwise expressly provided
herein;

     (iii)   No Amendments. The Servicer shall not extend or otherwise amend the
terms of any Receivable, except in accordance with Section 4.2; and

     (iv)   Restrictions on Liens. The Servicer shall not (i) create, incur or
suffer to exist, or agree to create, incur or suffer to exist, or consent to cause or permit
in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) the creation, incurrence or
existence of any Lien or restriction on transferability of the Receivables except for the
Lien in favor of the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholders and Insurer,
the Lien imposed by the Spread Account Agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Trust Collateral Agent and Insurer, and the restrictions on transferability
imposed by this Agreement or (ii) sign or file under the Uniform Commercial Code of any
jurisdiction any financing statement which names AmeriCredit or the Servicer as a debtor, or
sign any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing
statement, with respect to the Receivables, except in

36

 

each case any such instrument solely securing the rights and preserving the Lien of the
Trust Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Noteholders and the Insurer.

     (b)   The Servicer represents, warrants and covenants as of the Closing Date as to itself that
the representations and warranties set forth on the Schedule of Representations attached hereto as
Schedule B are true and correct, provided that such representations and warranties contained
therein and herein shall not apply to any entity other than AmeriCredit.

     SECTION 4.7.   Purchase of Receivables Upon Breach of Covenant. Upon discovery by any of
the Servicer, the Insurer, a Responsible Officer of the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee
or a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of a breach of any of the covenants set forth in Sections
1, 2 or 3 of the Custodian Agreement or in Sections 4.5(a) or 4.6 hereof, the party discovering
such breach shall give prompt written notice to the others; provided, however, that
the failure to give any such notice shall not affect any obligation of AmeriCredit as Servicer
under this Section. As of the second Accounting Date following its discovery or receipt of notice
of any breach of any covenant set forth in Sections 4.5(a) or 4.6 which materially and adversely
affects the interests of the Noteholders or the Insurer in any Receivable (including any Liquidated
Receivable) (or, at AmeriCredit’s election, the first Accounting Date so following) or the related
Financed Vehicle, AmeriCredit shall, unless such breach shall have been cured in all material
respects, purchase from the Trust the Receivable affected by such breach and, on the related
Determination Date, AmeriCredit shall pay the related Purchase Amount. It is understood and agreed
that the obligation of AmeriCredit to purchase any Receivable (including any Liquidated Receivable)
with respect to which such a breach has occurred and is continuing shall, if such obligation is
fulfilled, constitute the sole remedy against AmeriCredit for such breach available to the Insurer,
the Noteholders, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer or the Trust Collateral Agent;
provided, however, that AmeriCredit shall indemnify the Trust, the Backup Servicer,
the Collateral Agent, the Insurer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee and
the Noteholders from and against all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities,
including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, which may be asserted against or incurred by any
of them as a result of third party claims arising out of the events or facts giving rise to such
breach. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, AmeriCredit will not be
required to repurchase Receivables due solely to the Servicer’s not having received Lien
Certificates that have been properly applied for from the Registrar of Titles in the applicable
states for such Receivables unless (i) such Lien Certificates shall not have been received with
respect to Receivables with Principal Balances which total more than 1.0% of the Aggregate
Principal Balance as of the 180th day after the Closing Date, in which case AmeriCredit shall be
required to repurchase a sufficient number of such Receivables to cause the aggregate Principal
Balances of the remaining Receivables for which no such Lien Certificate shall have been received
to be no greater than 1.0% of the Aggregate Principal Balance as of such date or (ii) such Lien
Certificates shall not have been received as of the 240th day after the Closing Date. This section
shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the earlier removal or resignation of the
Trustee and/or the Trust Collateral Agent and/or the Backup Servicer.

     SECTION 4.8.   Total Servicing Fee; Payment of Certain Expenses by Servicer. On each
Distribution Date, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive out of the Collection Account the Base
Servicing Fee and any Supplemental Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period

37

 

(together, the “Servicing Fee”) pursuant to Section 5.7. The Servicer shall be required to
pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under this Agreement (including
taxes imposed on the Servicer, expenses incurred in connection with distributions and reports made
by the Servicer to the Noteholders or the Insurer and all other fees and expenses of the Owner
Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent or the Trustee,
except taxes levied or assessed against the Trust, and claims against the Trust in respect of
indemnification, which taxes and claims in respect of indemnification against the Trust are
expressly stated to be for the account of AmeriCredit). The Servicer shall be liable for the fees
and expenses of the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee,
the Custodian, the Collateral Agent, the Lockbox Bank (and any fees under the Lockbox Agreement)
and the Independent Accountants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Servicer shall not be
AmeriCredit, a successor to AmeriCredit as Servicer including the Backup Servicer permitted by
Section 9.3 shall not be liable for taxes levied or assessed against the Trust or claims against
the Trust in respect of indemnification, or the fees and expenses referred to above.

     SECTION 4.9.   Preliminary Servicer’s Certificate and Servicer’s Certificate.

     (a)   No later than noon Eastern time on each Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver
(facsimile delivery being acceptable) to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral
Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Insurer and each Rating Agency a Preliminary
Servicer’s Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Servicer containing among other
things, all information necessary to enable the Trust Collateral Agent to give any notice required
by Section 5.5(b) and to make the distributions required by Section 5.7(a).

     (b)   No later than noon Eastern time on each Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver
(facsimile delivery being acceptable) to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral
Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Insurer and each Rating Agency a Servicer’s
Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Servicer containing among other things, (i)
all information necessary to enable the Trust Collateral Agent to make any withdrawal and deposit
required by Section 5.5 and to make the distributions required by Section 5.7(a), (ii) a listing of
all Purchased Receivables and Sold Receivables purchased by the Servicer or sold by the Issuer as
of the related Accounting Date, identifying the Receivables so purchased by the Servicer or sold by
the Issuer, (iii) all information necessary to enable the Trust Collateral Agent to send the
statements to Noteholders and the Insurer required by Section 5.10, and (iv) all information
necessary to enable the Trust Collateral Agent to reconcile the aggregate cash flows, the
Collection Account for the related Collection Period and Distribution Date, including the
accounting required by Section 5.10. Receivables purchased by the Servicer or by the Seller on the
related Accounting Date and each Receivable which became a Liquidated Receivable or which was paid
in full during the related Collection Period shall be identified by account number (as set forth in
the Schedule of Receivables). In addition to the information set forth in the preceding sentence,
the Servicer’s Certificate shall also contain the following information: (a) the Delinquency
Ratio, Monthly Extension Rate, Cumulative Default Ratio and Cumulative Net Loss Ratio (as such
terms are defined herein or in the Spread Account Agreement) for the related Collection Period; (b)
whether any Trigger Event has occurred as of such Determination Date; (c) whether any Trigger Event
that may have occurred as of a prior Determination Date is deemed cured as of such Determination
Date; and (d) whether to the knowledge of the Servicer an Insurance Agreement Event of Default has
occurred.

38

 

     SECTION 4.10.   Annual Statement as to Compliance, Notice of Servicer Termination Event.

     (a)   To the extent required by Section 1123 of Regulation AB, the Servicer shall deliver to
the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Insurer and
each Rating Agency, on or before March 31 of each year (regardless of whether the Seller has ceased
filing reports under the Exchange Act), beginning on March 31, 2008, an officer’s certificate
signed by any Responsible Officer of the Servicer, dated as of December 31 of the previous calendar
year, stating that (i) a review of the activities of the Servicer during the preceding calendar
year (or such other period as shall have elapsed from the Closing Date to the date of the first
such certificate) and of its performance under this Agreement has been made under such officer’s
supervision, and (ii) to such officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled
in all material respects all its obligations under this Agreement throughout such period, or, if
there has been a failure to fulfill any such obligation in any material respect, identifying each
such failure known to such officer and the nature and status of such failure.

     (b)   The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral
Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Insurer, the Collateral Agent and each Rating Agency, promptly
after having obtained knowledge thereof, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days
thereafter, written notice in an officer’s certificate of any event which with the giving of notice
or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Termination Event under Section 9.1(a). The
Seller or the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent,
the Backup Servicer, the Insurer, the Collateral Agent, the Servicer or the Seller (as applicable)
and each Rating Agency promptly after having obtained knowledge thereof, but in no event later than
two (2) Business Days thereafter, written notice in an officer’s certificate of any event which
with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Termination Event
under any other clause of Section 9.1.

     (c)   The Servicer will deliver to the Issuer, on or before March 31 of each year, beginning
on March 31, 2008, a report regarding the Servicer’s assessment of compliance with certain minimum
servicing criteria during the immediately preceding calendar year, as required under Rules 13a-18
and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB.

     (d)   To the extent required by Regulation AB, the Servicer will cause any affiliated servicer
or any other party deemed to be participating in the servicing function pursuant to Item 1122 of
Regulation AB to provide to the Issuer, on or before March 31 of each year, beginning on March 31,
2008, a report regarding such party’s assessment of compliance with certain minimum servicing
criteria during the immediately preceding calendar year, as required under Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18
of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB.

     (e)   Wells Fargo Bank, National Association acknowledges, in its capacity as Backup Servicer
and Trust Collateral Agent under this Agreement and in its capacity as Indenture Trustee under the
Basic Documents, that to the extent it is deemed to be participating in the servicing function
pursuant to Item 1122 of Regulation AB, it will take any action reasonably requested by the
Servicer to ensure compliance with the requirements of Sections 4.10(d) and 4.11(b) hereof and with
Item 1122 of Regulation AB. Such required documentation will be delivered to the Servicer by
March 15 of each calendar year.

39

 

     SECTION 4.11.   Annual Independent Accountants’ Report.

     (a)   The Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized independent certified public
accountants (the “Independent Accountants”), who may also render other services to the
Servicer or its Affiliates, to deliver to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral
Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Insurer, the Backup Servicer, on or before March 31 (or 90 days
after the end of the Issuer’s fiscal year, if other than December 31) of each year, beginning in
March 31, 2008, a report, dated as of December 31 of the preceding calendar year, addressed to the
board of directors of the Servicer, providing its attestation report on the servicing assessment
delivered pursuant to Section 4.10(c), including disclosure of any material instance of
non-compliance, as required by Rule 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122(b) of
Regulation AB. Such attestation will be in accordance with Rules 1-02(a)(3) and 2-02(g) of
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

     (b)   Each party required to deliver an assessment of compliance described in section 4.10(d)
shall cause Independent Accountants, who may also render other services to such party or its
Affiliates, to deliver to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the
Collateral Agent, the Insurer, the Backup Servicer and the Servicer, on or before March 31 (or 90
days after the end of the Issuer’s fiscal year, if other than December 31) of each year, beginning
in March 31, 2008, a report, dated as of December 31 of the preceding calendar year, addressed to
the board of directors of such party, providing its attestation report on the servicing assessment
delivered pursuant to Section 4.10(d), including disclosure of any material instance of
non-compliance, as required by Rule 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122(b) of
Regulation AB. Such attestation will be in accordance with Rules 1-02(a)(3) and 2-02(g) of
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

     (c)   The Servicer shall cause a firm of Independent Accountants, who may also render other
services to the Servicer or to the Seller, (1) to deliver to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the
Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Insurer and each Rating Agency, on or before
October 31 (or 120 days after the end of the Servicer’s fiscal year, if other than June 30) of each
year, beginning on October 31, 2008, with respect to the twelve months ended the immediately
preceding June 30 (or other applicable date) (or such other period as shall have elapsed from the
Closing Date to the date of such certificate (which period shall not be less than six months)), a
copy of the Form 10-K filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission for
AmeriCredit Corp., which filing includes a statement that such audit was made in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards, and accordingly included such tests of the accounting
records and such other auditing procedures as such firm considered necessary in the circumstances;
(2) upon request of the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer
or the Insurer, to issue an acknowledgement to the effect that such firm has audited the books and
records of AmeriCredit Corp., in which the Servicer is included as a consolidated subsidiary, and
issued its report pursuant to item (1) of this section and that the accounting firm is independent
of the Seller and the Servicer within the meaning of the Code of Professional Ethics of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants; and (3) to deliver to the Insurer, upon the
request of the Insurer, such request not being more often than annually, a report on the
application of agreed upon procedures to three randomly selected Servicer’s Certificates including
the delinquency, default and loss statistics required to be specified therein noting whether any
exceptions or errors in the Servicer’s Certificates were found.

40

 

     SECTION 4.12.   Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding Receivables. The
Servicer shall provide to representatives of the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral
Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Insurer reasonable access to the documentation regarding the
Receivables. In each case, such access shall be afforded without charge but only upon reasonable
request and during normal business hours. Nothing in this Section shall affect the obligation of
the Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the
Obligors, and the failure of the Servicer to provide access as provided in this Section as a result
of such obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section.

     SECTION 4.13.   Monthly Tape. No later than the second Business Day after each
Distribution Date (but at least four Business Days prior to the related Insured Distribution Date),
the Servicer will deliver to the Trust Collateral Agent, the Insurer and the Backup Servicer a
computer tape and a diskette (or any other electronic transmission acceptable to the Trust
Collateral Agent, the Insurer and the Backup Servicer) in a format acceptable to the Trust
Collateral Agent, the Insurer and the Backup Servicer containing the information with respect to
the Receivables as of the preceding Accounting Date necessary for preparation of the Servicer’s
Certificate relating to the immediately preceding Determination Date and necessary to review the
application of collections as provided in Section 5.4 (the “Monthly Tape”). The Backup
Servicer shall use such tape or diskette (or other electronic transmission acceptable to the Trust
Collateral Agent and the Backup Servicer) to confirm that such tape, diskette or other electronic
transmission is in readable form and confirm the Pool Balance. In addition, upon the occurrence of
a Servicer Termination Event the Servicer shall, if so requested by the Controlling Party, deliver
to the Backup Servicer or any successor Servicer its Collection Records and its Monthly Records
within 15 days after demand therefor and a computer tape containing as of the close of business on
the date of demand all of the data maintained by the Servicer in computer format in connection with
servicing the Receivables. Other than the duties specifically set forth in this Agreement, the
Backup Servicer shall have no obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, to supervise,
verify, monitor or administer the performance of the Servicer. The Backup Servicer shall have no
liability for any actions taken or omitted by the Servicer.

ARTICLE V

Trust Accounts; Distributions;

Statements to Noteholders

     SECTION 5.1.   Establishment of Trust Accounts.

     (a)   (i) The Trust Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Noteholders and the Insurer, shall
establish and maintain in its own name an Eligible Deposit Account (the “Collection
Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held
for the benefit of the Trust Collateral Agent on behalf of the Noteholders and the Insurer. The
Collection Account shall initially be established with the Trust Collateral Agent.

          (ii) The Trust Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Noteholders, shall establish and maintain
in its own name an Eligible Deposit Account (the “Note Distribution Account”), bearing a
designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for

41

 

the benefit of the Trust Collateral Agent on behalf of the Noteholders and the Insurer. The
Note Distribution Account shall initially be established with the Trust Collateral Agent.

          (iii) Upon receipt by the Issuer of a Hedge Termination Payment, the Trust Collateral Agent,
on behalf of the Noteholders and the Insurer, shall establish and maintain an Eligible Deposit
Account (the “Hedge Termination Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that
the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Trust Collateral Agent on behalf of the
Noteholders and the Insurer and shall deposit such Hedge Termination Payment into the Hedge
Termination Account.

     (b)   Funds on deposit in the Collection Account, the Note Distribution Account and the Hedge
Termination Account (collectively, the “Trust Accounts”) and the Lockbox Accounts shall be
invested by the Trust Collateral Agent (or any custodian with respect to funds on deposit in any
such account) in Eligible Investments selected in writing by the Servicer (pursuant to standing
instructions or otherwise). All such Eligible Investments shall be held by or on behalf of the
Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholders and the Insurer, as applicable. Other
than as permitted by the Rating Agencies and the Insurer, funds on deposit in any Trust Account
shall be invested in Eligible Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available at
the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the following Distribution Date or,
if earlier, at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the following
Insured Distribution Date (except that if such Eligible Investments are obligations of the
institution that maintains such Trust Account or a fund for which such institution or an Affiliate
thereof serves as an investment advisor, administrator, shareholder servicing agent, custodian
and/or sub-custodian, then such Eligible Investment shall be permitted to mature on the
Distribution Date). Funds deposited in a Trust Account on the day immediately preceding a
Distribution Date or an Insured Distribution Date upon the maturity of any Eligible Investments are
required to be invested overnight. All Eligible Investments will be held to maturity. Each
institution at which the relevant Trust Account is maintained shall invest the funds therein as
directed in writing by the Servicer in Eligible Investments.

     (c)   All Investment Earnings of moneys deposited in each Trust Account shall be deposited (or
caused to be deposited) on each Distribution Date by the Trust Collateral Agent in such Trust
Account, and any loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to such Trust Account. The
Servicer will not direct the Trust Collateral Agent to make any investment of any funds held in any
of the Trust Accounts unless the security interest granted and perfected in such account will
continue to be perfected in such investment, in either case without any further action by any
Person, and, in connection with any direction to the Trust Collateral Agent to make any such
investment, if requested by the Trust Collateral Agent, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trust
Collateral Agent an Opinion of Counsel, acceptable to the Trust Collateral Agent, to such effect.

     (d)   The Trust Collateral Agent shall not in any way be held liable by reason of any
insufficiency in any of the Trust Accounts resulting from any loss on any Eligible Investment
included therein except for losses attributable to the Trust Collateral Agent’s negligence or bad
faith or its failure to make payments on such Eligible Investments issued by the Trust Collateral
Agent, in its commercial capacity as principal obligor and not as trustee, in accordance with their
terms.

42

 

     (e)   If (i) the Servicer shall have failed to give investment directions in writing for any
funds on deposit in the Trust Accounts to the Trust Collateral Agent by 1:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or
such other time as may be agreed by the Issuer and Trust Collateral Agent) on any Business Day; or
(ii) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing with respect to the Notes
but the Notes shall not have been declared due and payable, or, if such Notes shall have been
declared due and payable following an Event of Default, amounts collected or receivable from the
Trust Property are being applied as if there had not been such a declaration; then the Trust
Collateral Agent shall, to the fullest extent practicable, invest and reinvest funds in the Trust
Accounts in the investment described in clause (d) of the definition of Eligible Investments.

     (f)   (i) The Trust Collateral Agent shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds
on deposit from time to time in the Trust Accounts and in all proceeds thereof for the benefit of
the Noteholders and the Insurer and all such funds, investments, proceeds and income shall be part
of the Owner Trust Estate. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trust Accounts shall be under
the sole dominion and control of the Trust Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholders, as
the case may be, and the Insurer. If, at any time, any of the Trust Accounts ceases to be an
Eligible Deposit Account, the Trust Collateral Agent (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall within
five Business Days (or such longer period as to which each Rating Agency and the Insurer may
consent) establish a new Trust Account as an Eligible Deposit Account and shall transfer any cash
and/or any investments to such new Trust Account. In connection with the foregoing, the Servicer
agrees that, in the event that any of the Trust Accounts are not accounts with the Trust Collateral
Agent, the Servicer shall notify the Trust Collateral Agent in writing promptly upon any of such
Trust Accounts ceasing to be an Eligible Deposit Account.

          (ii) With respect to the Trust Account Property, the Trust Collateral Agent agrees that:

     (A)   any Trust Account Property that is held in deposit accounts shall
be held solely in the Eligible Deposit Accounts; and, except as otherwise
provided herein, each such Eligible Deposit Account shall be subject to the
exclusive custody and control of the Trust Collateral Agent, and the Trust
Collateral Agent shall have sole signature authority with respect thereto;

     (B)   any Trust Account Property that constitutes Physical Property
shall be delivered to the Trust Collateral Agent in accordance with
paragraph (a) of the definition of “Delivery” and shall be held,
pending maturity or disposition, solely by the Trust Collateral Agent or a
securities intermediary (as such term is defined in Section 8-102(14) of the
UCC) acting solely for the Trust Collateral Agent;

     (C)   the “securities intermediary’s jurisdiction” for purposes
of Section 8-110 of the UCC shall be the State of New York;

     (D)   any Trust Account Property that is a book-entry security held
through the Federal Reserve System pursuant to Federal book-entry

43

 

regulations shall be delivered in accordance with paragraph (b) of the
definition of “Delivery” and shall be maintained by the Trust
Collateral Agent, pending maturity or disposition, through continued
book-entry registration of such Trust Account Property as described in such
paragraph;

     (E)   any Trust Account Property that is an “uncertificated
security” or a “security entitlement” under Article 8 of the UCC
and that is not governed by clause (D) above shall be delivered to the Trust
Collateral Agent in accordance with paragraph (c) or (d), if applicable, of
the definition of “Delivery” and shall be maintained by the Trust
Collateral Agent, pending maturity or disposition, through continued
registration of the Trust Collateral Agent’s (or its nominee’s) ownership of
such security; and

     (F)   any cash that is Trust Account Property shall be considered a
“financial asset” under Article 8 of the UCC.

     (g)   The Servicer shall have the power, revocable by the Insurer or, with the consent of the
Insurer by the Trustee or by the Owner Trustee with the consent of the Trustee, to instruct the
Trust Collateral Agent to make withdrawals and payments from the Trust Accounts for the purpose of
permitting the Servicer and the Trust Collateral Agent to carry out its respective duties
hereunder.

     (h)   The Trust Collateral Agent acknowledges that, pursuant to the provisions of the Hedge
Agreement, the Hedge Provider may be required to post collateral with the Trust Collateral Agent to
secure the Hedge Provider’s obligations under the Hedge Agreement. The Trust Collateral Agent
agrees to establish and maintain an Eligible Deposit Account (the “Hedge Account”) to hold
such collateral, at the direction of the Servicer or the Controlling Party if the Hedge Provider is
required to post collateral to secure the obligations under the Hedge Agreement. The Trust
Collateral Agent further agrees to follow such written instructions relating to the administration
of, and transfers from, such account, as may be delivered by (i) the Servicer (with the consent of
the Controlling Party) or (ii) the Controlling Party, in each case subject to and in accordance
with the terms of the Hedge Agreement.

     (i)   To the extent that (i) the funds available in the Hedge Termination Account exceed the
costs of entering into a Replacement Hedge Agreement or (ii) the Issuer determines with the consent
of the Insurer (so long as the Insurer is the Controlling Party) not to replace the Hedge Agreement
and the Rating Agency Condition is met with respect to such determination, the amounts in the Hedge
Termination Account (other than funds used to pay the costs of entering into a Replacement Hedge
Agreement, if applicable) shall be included in Available Funds and allocated in accordance with the
priorities set forth in Section 5.7(a) on the following Distribution Date. In any other situation,
amounts on deposit in the Hedge Termination Account at any time shall be invested pursuant to
Section 5.1(b) hereof and on each Distribution Date after the creation of a Hedge Termination
Account, the funds therein shall be used (i) as provided in Section 12.15 hereof and (ii) to cover
any shortfalls in the amounts payable under clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 5.7(a) (prior to
any withdrawal from the Spread

44

 

Account). Any amounts remaining in the Hedge Termination Account after payment in full of the
Class A-2-B Notes shall be included in Available Funds and allocated in accordance with the order
of priority specified in Section 5.7(a) on the following Distribution Date.

     SECTION 5.2.   [Reserved].

     SECTION 5.3.   Certain Reimbursements to the Servicer. The Servicer will be entitled to be
reimbursed from amounts on deposit in the Collection Account with respect to a Collection Period
for amounts previously deposited in the Collection Account but later determined by the Servicer to
have resulted from mistaken deposits or postings or checks returned for insufficient funds. The
amount to be reimbursed hereunder shall be paid to the Servicer on the related Distribution Date
pursuant to Section 5.7(a)(i) upon certification by the Servicer of such amounts and the provision
of such information to the Trust Collateral Agent and the Insurer as may be necessary in the
opinion of the Insurer to verify the accuracy of such certification; provided,
however, that the Servicer must provide such clarification within 12 months of such
mistaken deposit, posting, or returned check. In the event that the Insurer has not received
evidence satisfactory to it of the Servicer’s entitlement to reimbursement pursuant to this
Section, the Insurer shall (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) give
the Trust Collateral Agent notice in writing to such effect, following receipt of which the Trust
Collateral Agent shall not make a distribution to the Servicer in respect of such amount pursuant
to Section 5.7, or if the Servicer prior thereto has been reimbursed pursuant to Section 5.7, the
Trust Collateral Agent shall withhold such amounts from amounts otherwise distributable to the
Servicer on the next succeeding Distribution Date. The Servicer will additionally be entitled to
receive from amounts on deposit in the Collection Account with respect to a Collection Period any
amounts paid by Obligors that were deposited in the Lockbox Account but that do not relate to (i)
principal and interest payments due on the Receivables and (ii) any fees or expenses related to
extensions due on the Receivables.

     SECTION 5.4.   Application of Collections. All collections for the Collection Period shall
be applied by the Servicer as follows:

     With respect to each Receivable (other than a Purchased Receivable or a Sold Receivable),
payments by or on behalf of the Obligor, (other than Supplemental Servicing Fees with respect to
such Receivable, to the extent collected) shall be applied to interest and principal in accordance
with the Simple Interest Method.

     All amounts collected that are payable to the Servicer as Supplemental Servicing Fees
hereunder shall be deposited in the Collection Account and paid to the Servicer in accordance with
Section 5.7(a).

     SECTION 5.5.   Withdrawals from Spread Account.

     (a)   In the event that the Preliminary Servicer’s Certificate with respect to any
Determination Date shall state that there is a Deficiency Claim Amount with respect to the related
Distribution Date, then the Trust Collateral Agent shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, the Owner
Trustee, the Trustee, the Insurer and the Servicer, by hand delivery or facsimile transmission, (1)
no later than 2:00 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day preceding such

45

 

Distribution Date, a written notice (a “Deficiency Notice”) specifying the Deficiency
Claim Amount for such Distribution Date and (2) no later than 12:00 noon Eastern time on the fourth
Business Day immediately preceding the related Insured Distribution Date, the Note Policy Claim
Amount, if any. Such Deficiency Notice shall direct the Collateral Agent to remit such Deficiency
Claim Amount (to the extent of the funds available to be distributed pursuant to the Spread Account
Agreement) to the Trust Collateral Agent for deposit in the Collection Account on the related
Distribution Date.

     (b)   In the event that the Preliminary Servicer’s Certificate with respect to any
Determination Date shall state that there shall be an Accelerated Payment Amount Shortfall with
respect to the related Distribution Date, then no later than 2:00 p.m. Eastern time on the Business
Day preceding such Distribution Date the Trust Collateral Agent shall deliver to the Collateral
Agent, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Insurer and the Servicer, by hand delivery or facsimile
transmission, an Accelerated Payment Shortfall Notice. Such Accelerated Payment Shortfall Notice
shall direct the Collateral Agent to remit such Accelerated Payment Amount Shortfall (to the extent
of funds available to be distributed in the Spread Account) to the Trust Collateral Agent for
deposit in the Collection Account on the related Distribution Date.

     (c)   The amounts distributed by the Collateral Agent to the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant
to a Deficiency Notice or Accelerated Payment Shortfall Notice shall be deposited by the Trust
Collateral Agent into the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.6 for application on the related
Distribution Date pursuant to Section 5.7.

     SECTION 5.6.   Additional Deposits.

     (a)   The Servicer and the Seller, as applicable, shall deposit or cause to be deposited in
the Collection Account on the Determination Date on which such obligations are due the aggregate
Purchase Amount with respect to Purchased Receivables and the aggregate Sale Amounts with respect
to Sold Receivables. On or before each Distribution Date, the Trust Collateral Agent shall remit
to the Collection Account any amounts delivered to the Trust Collateral Agent by the Collateral
Agent.

     (b)   The proceeds of any purchase or sale of the assets of the Trust described in Section
10.1 hereof shall be deposited in the Collection Account.

     (c)   Net payments received from the Hedge Provider, if any, shall be deposited by the Trust
Collateral Agent in the Collection Account.

     SECTION 5.7.   Distributions

     (a)   On each Distribution Date, the Trust Collateral Agent shall (based solely on the
information contained in the Preliminary Servicer’s Certificate delivered with respect to the
related Determination Date) distribute the following amounts from the Collection Account unless
otherwise specified, to the extent of the sources of funds stated to be available therefor, and in
the following order of priority:

     (i)   from the Available Funds, amounts withdrawn from the Hedge Termination Account
(if any) and any Deficiency Claim Amount Deposits, to the

46

 

Servicer, (1) the Base Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period, (2) any
Supplemental Servicing Fees for the related Collection Period, (3) any amounts specified in
Section 5.3, (4) to the extent the Servicer has not reimbursed itself in respect of such
amounts pursuant to Section 5.3 and to the extent not retained by the Servicer and to pay to
AmeriCredit any amounts paid by Obligors during the preceding calendar month that did not
relate to (x) principal and interest payments due on the Receivables and (y) any fees or
expenses related to extensions due on the Receivables, and (5) to any successor Servicer,
transition fees not to exceed $200,000 (including boarding fees) in the aggregate;

     (ii)   from the Available Funds, amounts withdrawn from the Hedge Termination Account
(if any) and any Deficiency Claim Amount Deposits, to each of the Lockbox Banks, the
Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer (in its capacity as either Backup
Servicer or successor Servicer) and the Owner Trustee, their respective accrued and unpaid
fees, expenses or indemnities (in each case, to the extent such fees, expenses and
indemnities have not been previously paid by the Servicer, and provided that such fees,
expenses and indemnities shall not exceed (x) $100,000 in the aggregate in any calendar year
to the Owner Trustee and (y) $200,000 in the aggregate in any calendar year to the Lockbox
Banks, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer (in its capacity as either Backup
Servicer or successor Servicer) and the Trustee;

     (iii)   from the Available Funds, amounts withdrawn from the Hedge Termination Account
(if any) and any Deficiency Claim Amount Deposits, to the Note Distribution Account, the
Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount;

     (iv)   from the Available Funds and any Deficiency Claim Amount Deposits (other than
amounts relating to Deficiency Claim Amounts described in clause (i) of the definition
thereof), to the Note Distribution Account, the Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount
and the Noteholders’ Parity Deficit Amount;

     (v)   from the Available Funds and any Deficiency Claim Amount Deposits to the Insurer,
to the extent of any amounts owing to the Insurer under the Insurance Agreement and not
paid;

     (vi)   from the Available Funds to the Spread Account, an amount, if necessary,
required to increase the amount therein to its then required level;

     (vii)   from the Available Funds and other amounts, if any, received by the Trust
Collateral Agent in respect of the Accelerated Payment Amount Shortfall Deposits, to the
Note Distribution Account, the Noteholders’ Accelerated Principal Amount;

     (viii)   from the Available Funds, any remaining Available Funds to the Collateral
Agent for deposit in the Spread Account;

provided, however, that, (A) following an acceleration of the Notes pursuant to the
Indenture or, (B) if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing and an Event of
Default pursuant to Section 5.1(i), 5.1(ii), 5.1(v), 5.1(vi) or 5.1(vii) of the Indenture shall
have occurred and be continuing, or (C) the receipt of Insolvency Proceeds pursuant to Section
10.1(b), amounts

47

 

deposited in the Note Distribution Account (including any such Insolvency Proceeds) shall be paid
to the Noteholders, pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Indenture.

     (b)   On each Insured Distribution Date, the Trust Collateral Agent shall (based solely on the
information contained in the Servicer’s Certificate delivered with respect to the related
Determination Date, unless the Insurer shall have notified the Trust Collateral Agent in writing of
any errors or deficiencies with respect thereto) distribute from the Collection Account the
Additional Funds Available, if any, plus the Note Policy Claim Amount, if any, in each case then on
deposit in the Collection Account, and in accordance with the priorities set forth in Section
5.7(a) and the Trust Collateral Agent shall deposit in the Note Distribution Account any excess of
the Scheduled Payments (as defined in the Note Policy) due on such Insured Distribution Date over
the amount of all Available Funds, Deficiency Claim Amount Deposits and Accelerated Payment Amount
Shortfall Deposits previously deposited in the Note Distribution Account with respect to the
related Distribution Date, which amount shall be applied solely to the payment of amounts then due
and unpaid on the Notes in accordance with the priorities set forth in Section 5.8(a) hereof or
Section 5.6 of the Indenture, as applicable.

     (c)   In the event that the Collection Account is maintained with an institution other than
the Trust Collateral Agent, the Servicer shall instruct and cause such institution to make all
deposits and distributions pursuant to Sections 5.7(a) and 5.7(b) on the related Distribution Date
and the related Insured Distribution Date, as applicable.

     SECTION 5.8.   Note Distribution Account.

     (a)   On each Distribution Date (based solely on the information contained in the Preliminary
Servicer’s Certificate) and each Insured Distribution Date (based solely on the information in the
Servicer’s Certificate) the Trust Collateral Agent shall distribute all amounts on deposit in the
Note Distribution Account to Noteholders in respect of the Notes to the extent of amounts due and
unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest in the following amounts and in the following order
of priority:

     (i)   accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes; provided that if there are not
sufficient funds in the Note Distribution Account to pay the entire amount of accrued and
unpaid interest then due on each Class of Notes, the amount in the Note Distribution Account
shall be applied to the payment of such interest on each Class of Notes pro rata on the
basis of the amount of accrued and unpaid interest due on each Class of Notes;

     (ii)   outstanding principal on the Notes, such amounts to be paid in accordance with
the following priority:

     (1) to the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes with the total amount paid out on
each Distribution Date until the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-1
Notes has been reduced to zero;

     (2) to the Holders of the Class A-2-A Notes and Class A-2-B Notes, pro rata,
with the total amount paid out on each Distribution Date until the outstanding
principal balance of the Class A-2-A Notes and Class A-2-B Notes has been reduced
to zero;

48

 

     (3) to the Holders of the Class A-3 Notes with the total amount paid out on
each Distribution Date until the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-3
Notes has been reduced to zero; and

     (4) to the Holders of the Class A-4 Notes with the total amount paid out on
each Distribution Date until the outstanding principal balance of the Class A-4
Notes has been reduced to zero.

     (b)   On each Insured Distribution Date, the Trust Collateral Agent shall send to each
Noteholder the statement provided to the Trust Collateral Agent by the Servicer pursuant to Section
5.10 hereof on such Insured Distribution Date.

     (c)   In the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust’s payment (or allocations
of income) to a Noteholder, such tax shall reduce the amount otherwise distributable to the
Noteholder in accordance with this Section. The Trust Collateral Agent is hereby authorized and
directed to retain from amounts otherwise distributable to the Noteholders sufficient funds for the
payment of any tax attributable to the Trust (but such authorization shall not prevent the Trust
Collateral Agent from contesting any such tax in appropriate proceedings, and withholding payment
of such tax, if permitted by law, pending the outcome of such proceedings). The amount of any
withholding tax imposed with respect to a Noteholder shall be treated as cash distributed to such
Noteholder at the time it is withheld by the Trust and remitted to the appropriate taxing
authority. If there is a possibility that withholding tax is payable with respect to a
distribution (such as a distribution to a non-US Noteholder), the Trust Collateral Agent may in its
sole discretion withhold such amounts in accordance with this clause (c). In the event that a
Noteholder wishes to apply for a refund of any such withholding tax, the Trust Collateral Agent
shall reasonably cooperate with such Noteholder in making such claim so long as such Noteholder
agrees to reimburse the Trust Collateral Agent for any out-of-pocket expenses (including legal fees
and expenses) incurred.

     (d)   Distributions required to be made to Noteholders on any Distribution Date or any Insured
Distribution Date shall be made to each Noteholder of record on the preceding Record Date either by
(i) wire transfer, in immediately available funds, to the account of such Holder at a bank or other
entity having appropriate facilities therefore, if such Noteholder shall have provided to the Note
Registrar appropriate written instructions at least five Business Days prior to such Distribution
Date and such Holder’s Notes in the aggregate evidence a denomination of not less than $1,000,000
or (ii) by check mailed to such Noteholder at the address of such holder appearing in the Note
Register. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final distribution in respect of any Note (whether on
the Final Scheduled Distribution Date or otherwise) will be payable only upon presentation and
surrender of such Note at the office or agency maintained for that purpose by the Note Registrar
pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Indenture.

     (e)   Subject to Section 5.1 and this section, monies received by the Trust Collateral Agent
hereunder need not be segregated in any manner except to the extent required by law and may be
deposited under such general conditions as may be prescribed by law, and the Trust Collateral Agent
shall not be liable for any interest thereon.

49

 

     SECTION 5.9.   [Reserved].

     SECTION 5.10.    Statements to Noteholders.

     (a)   On or prior to each Distribution Date, the Trust Collateral Agent shall provide each
Noteholder of record (with a copy to the Insurer and the Rating Agencies) a statement setting forth
at least the following information as to the Notes to the extent applicable:

     (i)   the amount of such distribution allocable to principal of each Class of Notes;

     (ii)   the amount of such distribution allocable to interest on or with respect to each
Class of Notes;

     (iii)   the amount of such distribution payable out of amounts withdrawn from the
Spread Account and the amount, if any, expected to be paid under the Note Policy on the
related Insured Distribution Date;

     (iv)   the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding
Collection Period;

     (v)   the aggregate outstanding principal amount of each Class of the Notes and the
Note Pool Factor for each such Class after giving effect to payments allocated to principal
reported under (i) above;

     (vi)   the amount of the Servicing Fee paid to the Servicer with respect to the related
Collection Period and/or due but unpaid with respect to such Collection Period or prior
Collection Periods, as the case may be;

     (vii)   the Noteholders’ Interest Carryover Amount and the Noteholders’ Principal
Carryover Amount, if any, and the change in those amounts from the preceding statement;

     (viii)   the amount of the aggregate Realized Losses, if any, for the second preceding
Collection Period;

     (ix)   the aggregate Purchase Amounts for Receivables, if any, that were repurchased by
the Servicer or the Seller in such period; and

     (x)   the aggregate Sale Amounts for Sold Receivables, if any, that were sold by the
Issuer in such period.

Each amount set forth pursuant to paragraph (i), (ii), (iii) and (vii) above shall be expressed as
a dollar amount per $1,000 of the initial principal balance of the Notes (or Class thereof).

     (b)   The Trust Collateral Agent will make available each month to each Noteholder the
statements referred to in Section 5.10(a) above (and certain other documents, reports and
information regarding the Receivables provided by the Servicer from time to time)

50

 

via the Trust Collateral Agent’s internet website with the use of a password provided by the
Trust Collateral Agent. The Trust Collateral Agent’s internet website will be located at
www.CTSLink.com or at such other address as the Trust Collateral Agent shall notify the Noteholders
from time to time. For assistance with regard to this service, Noteholders can call the Trust
Collateral Agent’s Corporate Trust Office at (866) 846-4526. The Trust Collateral Agent shall have
the right to change the way the statements referred to in Section 5.10(a) above are distributed in
order to make such distribution more convenient and/or more accessible to the parties entitled to
receive such statements. The Trust Collateral Agent shall provide notification of any such change
to all parties entitled to receive such statements in the manner described in Section 12.3 hereof,
Section 11.4 of the Indenture or Section 11.5 of the Indenture, as appropriate.

     SECTION 5.11.   Optional Deposits by the Insurer. The Insurer shall at any time, and from
time to time, with respect to an Insured Distribution Date, have the option (but shall not be
required, except in accordance with the terms of the Note Policy) to deliver amounts to the Trust
Collateral Agent for deposit into the Collection Account for any of the following purposes: (i) to
provide funds in respect of the payment of fees or expenses of any provider of services to the
Trust with respect to such Insured Distribution Date, or (ii) to include such amount to the extent
that without such amount a draw would be required to be made on the Note Policy.

     SECTION 5.12.   Determination of LIBOR

     The Trust Collateral Agent will determine LIBOR for purposes of calculating the Interest Rate
for the Class A-2-B Notes on May 27, 2008 for the period from the Closing Date to the first
Distribution Date, and for each given Interest Period thereafter, on the second London Business Day
prior to the Distribution Date on which such Interest Period begins (each, a “LIBOR
Determination Date”). For purposes of calculating LIBOR, a “London Business Day” means
a day on which banking institutions in the City of London, England are not required or authorized
by law to be closed.

     “LIBOR” means, the rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars, for a period equal to one month,
which appears on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the related
LIBOR Determination Date. If such rate does not appear on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, the rate
for that Interest Period will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S.
Dollars are offered by any four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the
calculation agent to provide such bank’s offered quotation of such rates at approximately 11:00
a.m., London time, on the related LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank
market for a period of one month, commencing on the first day of such Interest Period and in an
amount that is representative for a single such transaction in the relevant market at the relevant
time. The Trust Collateral Agent, as calculation agent, will request the principal London office
of each of those four banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations
are provided, the rate for that Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If
fewer than two quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that Interest Period will be the
arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City selected by the Trust
Collateral Agent, as calculation agent, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the
LIBOR Determination Date with respect to such Interest Period for loans

51

 

in U.S. Dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to one month, commencing on the
first day of such Interest Period and in an amount that is representative for a single such
transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.

     “Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page” is the display designated on the Reuters service (or the
successor display page, other published source, information vendor or provider that has been
officially designated by Reuters).

ARTICLE VI

The Note Policy 

          SECTION 6.1.   Claims Under Note Policy.

          (a)   In the event that the Trust Collateral Agent has delivered a Deficiency Notice with
respect to any Determination Date pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof, the Trust Collateral Agent shall
on the related Draw Date determine the Note Policy Claim Amount for the related Insured
Distribution Date. If the Note Policy Claim Amount for such Insured Distribution Date is greater
than zero, the Trustee shall furnish to the Insurer no later than 12:00 noon Eastern time on the
related Draw Date a completed Notice of Claim (as defined in (b) below) in the amount of the Note
Policy Claim Amount. Amounts paid by the Insurer pursuant to a claim submitted under this Section
shall be deposited by the Trustee into the Note Distribution Account for payment to Noteholders on
the related Insured Distribution Date.

          (b)   Any notice delivered by the Trustee to the Insurer in the form attached as Exhibit A to
the Note Policy pursuant to subsection 6.1(a) shall specify the Note Policy Claim Amount claimed
under the Note Policy and shall constitute a “Notice of Claim” under the Note Policy. In
accordance with the provisions of the Note Policy, the Insurer is required to pay to the Trustee
the Note Policy Claim Amount properly claimed thereunder by 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the later
of (i) the third Business Day following receipt on a Business Day of the Notice of Claim, and (ii)
the applicable Insured Distribution Date. Any payment made by the Insurer under the Note Policy
shall be applied solely to the payment of the Notes, and for no other purpose.

          (c)   The Trustee shall (i) receive as attorney-in-fact of each Noteholder any Note Policy
Claim Amount from the Insurer and (ii) deposit the same in the Collection Account for distribution
to Noteholders. Any and all Note Policy Claim Amounts disbursed by the Trustee or Trust Collateral
Agent from claims made under the Note Policy shall not be considered payment by the Trust or from
the Spread Account with respect to such Notes, and shall not discharge the obligations of the Trust
with respect thereto. The Insurer shall, to the extent it makes any payment with respect to the
Notes, become subrogated to the rights of the recipients of such payments to the extent of such
payments. Subject to and conditioned upon any payment with respect to the Notes by or on behalf of
the Insurer, the Trustee shall assign to the Insurer all rights to the payment of interest or
principal with respect to the Notes which are then due for payment to the extent of all payments
made by the Insurer, and the Insurer may exercise any option, vote, right, power or the like with
respect to the Notes to the extent that it has made payment pursuant to the Note Policy. To
evidence such subrogation, the Note Registrar shall

52

 

note the Insurer’s rights as subrogee upon the register of Noteholders upon receipt from the
Insurer of proof of payment by the Insurer of any Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount or
Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount. The foregoing subrogation shall in all cases be
subject to the rights of the Noteholders to receive all Scheduled Payments (as defined in the Note
Policy) in respect of the Notes.

     (d)   The Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent shall keep a complete and accurate record of
all funds deposited by the Trustee on behalf of the Insurer into the Collection Account with
respect to the Note Policy and the allocation of such funds to payment of interest on and principal
paid in respect of any Note. The Insurer shall have the right to inspect such records at
reasonable times upon one Business Day’s prior notice to the Trust Collateral Agent or the Trustee.

     (e)   The Trustee shall be entitled to enforce on behalf of the Noteholders the obligations of
the Insurer under the Note Policy. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any
Basic Document, the Noteholders are not entitled to institute proceedings directly against the
Insurer.

     SECTION 6.2.   Preference Claims Under Note Policy.

     (a)   In the event that the Trustee has received a certified copy of an order of the
appropriate court that any Scheduled Payment (as defined in the Note Policy) paid on a Note has
been avoided in whole or in part as a preference payment under applicable bankruptcy law pursuant
to a final nonappealable order of a court having competent jurisdiction, the Trustee shall so
notify the Insurer, shall comply with the provisions of the Note Policy to obtain payment by the
Insurer of such avoided payment, and shall, at the time it provides notice to the Insurer, notify
Holders of the Notes by mail that, in the event that any Noteholder’s payment is so recoverable,
such Noteholder will be entitled to payment pursuant to the terms of the Note Policy. The Trust
Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall furnish to the Insurer its records evidencing the payments
of principal of and interest on Notes, if any, which have been made by the Trust Collateral Agent
or the Trustee and subsequently recovered from Noteholders, and the dates on which such payments
were made. Pursuant to the terms of the Note Policy, the Insurer will make such payment on behalf
of the Noteholder to the receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy named
in the Order (as defined in the Note Policy) and not to the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee or
any Noteholder directly (unless a Noteholder has previously paid such payment to the receiver,
conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy, in which case the Insurer will make
such payment to the Trustee for distribution to such Noteholder upon proof of such payment
reasonably satisfactory to the Insurer).

     (b)   The Trust Collateral Agent or the Trustee shall promptly notify the Insurer of any
proceeding or the institution of any action (of which a Responsible Officer of the Trust Collateral
Agent has actual knowledge) seeking the avoidance as a preferential transfer under applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, rehabilitation or similar law of any distribution made with
respect to the Notes (a “Note Preference Claim”). Each Noteholder, by its purchase of
Notes, the Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent hereby agree that so long as an Insurer Default
shall not have occurred and be continuing, the Insurer may at any time during the continuation of
any proceeding relating to a Note Preference Claim direct all matters relating to

53

 

such Note Preference Claim, including, without limitation, (i) the direction of any appeal of
any order relating to any Note Preference Claim and (ii) the posting of any surety, supersedeas or
performance bond pending any such appeal at the expense of the Insurer, but subject to
reimbursement as provided in the Insurance Agreement. In addition, and without limitation of the
foregoing, as set forth in Section 6.1(c), the Insurer shall be subrogated to, and each Noteholder,
the Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent hereby delegate and assign, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, the rights of the Trustee and each Noteholder in the conduct of any proceeding
with respect to a Note Preference Claim, including, without limitation, all rights of any party to
an adversary proceeding action with respect to any court order issued in connection with any such
Note Preference Claim.

     SECTION 6.3.   Surrender of Note Policy. The Trustee shall surrender the Note Policy to
the Insurer for cancellation upon the expiration of such policy in accordance with the terms
thereof.

ARTICLE VII

The Seller

     SECTION 7.1.   Representations of Seller. The Seller makes the following representations
on which the Insurer shall be deemed to have relied in executing and delivering the Note Policy and
on which the Issuer is deemed to have relied in acquiring the Receivables and on which the Trustee,
Collateral Agent, Trust Collateral Agent and Backup Servicer may rely. The representations speak
as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, and shall survive
the sale of the Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Trust Collateral Agent
pursuant to the Indenture.

     (a)   Schedule of Representations. The representations and warranties set forth on
the Schedule of Representations attached hereto as Schedule B are true and correct.

     (b)   Organization and Good Standing. The Seller has been duly organized and is
validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada, with
power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are
currently owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and now
has, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Receivables and the Other
Conveyed Property transferred to the Trust.

     (c)   Due Qualification. The Seller is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation, is in good standing and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all
jurisdictions where the failure to do so would materially and adversely affect Seller’s ability to
transfer the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement,
or the validity or enforceability of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property or to perform
Seller’s obligations hereunder and under the Seller’s Basic Documents.

     (d)   Power and Authority. The Seller has the power and authority to execute and
deliver this Agreement and its Basic Documents and to carry out its terms and their terms,
respectively; the Seller has full power and authority to sell and assign the Receivables and the

54

 

Other Conveyed Property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with the Trust by it and has
duly authorized such sale and assignment to the Trust by all necessary corporate action; and the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Seller’s Basic Documents have been
duly authorized by the Seller by all necessary corporate action.

     (e)   Valid Sale, Binding Obligations. This Agreement effects a valid sale, transfer
and assignment of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property, enforceable against the Seller
and creditors of and purchasers from the Seller; and this Agreement and the Seller’s Basic
Documents, when duly executed and delivered, shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations
of the Seller enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may
be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of
specific remedies, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in
equity or at law.

     (f)   No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the Basic Documents and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and the Basic
Documents shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of or
constitute (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) a default under the certificate of
incorporation or by-laws of the Seller, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or
other instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it is bound, or result in the creation
or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture,
agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other than this Agreement, or violate any
law, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller of any court or of any federal or state
regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction
over the Seller or any of its properties.

     (g)   No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the
Seller’s knowledge, threatened against the Seller, before any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over
the Seller or its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Basic
Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the consummation of any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (C) seeking any
determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Seller of
its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Basic
Documents, or (D) seeking to adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal, state or
local tax attributes of the Notes.

     (h)   No Consents. The Seller is not required to obtain the consent of any other
party or any consent, license, approval or authorization, or registration or declaration with, any
governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery, performance,
validity or enforceability of this Agreement which has not already been obtained.

     (i)   True Sale. The Receivables are being transferred with the intention of removing
them from the Seller’s estate pursuant to Section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code, as the same may be
amended from time to time.

55

 

     (j)   Chief Executive Office. The chief executive office of the Seller is at 2265 B
Renaissance Drive, Suite 17, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119.

     SECTION 7.2.   Corporate Existence.

     (a)   During the term of this Agreement, the Seller will keep in full force and effect its
existence, rights and franchises as a corporation under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in
which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of
this Agreement, the Basic Documents and each other instrument or agreement necessary or appropriate
to the proper administration of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

     (b)   During the term of this Agreement, the Seller shall observe the applicable legal
requirements for the recognition of the Seller as a legal entity separate and apart from its
Affiliates, including as follows:

     (i)   the Seller shall maintain corporate records and books of account separate from
those of its Affiliates;

     (ii)   except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Seller shall not commingle
its assets and funds with those of its Affiliates;

     (iii)   the Seller shall hold such appropriate meetings of its board of directors, or
adopt resolutions pursuant to a unanimous written consent of the board of directors, as are
necessary to authorize all the Seller’s corporate actions required by law to be authorized
by the board of directors, shall keep minutes of such meetings and of meetings of its
stockholder(s) and observe all other customary corporate formalities (and any successor
Seller not a corporation shall observe similar procedures in accordance with its governing
documents and applicable law);

     (iv)   the Seller shall at all times hold itself out to the public under the Seller’s
own name as a legal entity separate and distinct from its Affiliates;

     (v)   all transactions and dealings between the Seller and its Affiliates will be
conducted on an arm’s length basis; and

     (vi)   the Seller shall pay from its assets all obligations and indebtedness of any
kind incurred by the Seller.

     SECTION 7.3.   Liability of Seller; Indemnities. The Seller shall be liable in accordance
herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically undertaken by the Seller under this
Agreement.

     (a)   The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the
Trust, the Insurer, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Trust Collateral
Agent and its officers, directors, employees and agents from and against any taxes that may at any
time be asserted against any such Person with respect to the transactions or

56

 

activities contemplated in this Agreement and any of the Basic Documents (except any income
taxes arising out of fees paid to the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Trustee and
the Insurer and except any taxes to which the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent or the
Trustee may otherwise be subject to, without regard to the transactions contemplated hereby),
including any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible or intangible personal property,
privilege or license taxes (but, in the case of the Issuer, not including any taxes asserted with
respect to, federal or other income taxes arising out of distributions on the Notes) and costs and
expenses in defending against the same.

     (b)   The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the
Trustee, Backup Servicer, the Collateral Agent, the Insurer and the Trust Collateral Agent and the
officers, directors, employees and agents thereof and the Noteholders from and against any loss,
liability or expense incurred by reason of (i) the Seller’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or
negligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, or by reason of reckless
disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement and (ii) the Seller’s or the Issuer’s
violation of federal or state securities laws in connection with the offering and sale of the
Notes.

     (c)   The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer, the Owner Trustee,
Trustee, Trust Collateral Agent, Collateral Agent and Backup Servicer and the officers, directors,
employees and agents thereof from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages
and liabilities arising out of, or incurred in connection with the acceptance or performance of the
trusts and duties set forth herein and in the Basic Documents except to the extent that such cost,
expense, loss, claim, damage or liability shall be due to the willful misfeasance, bad faith or
negligence (except for errors in judgment) of the Owner Trustee, Trustee, Trust Collateral Agent,
Collateral Agent and Backup Servicer respectively.

     Indemnification under this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Owner
Trustee, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Collateral Agent or the Trust Collateral Agent and
the termination of this Agreement or the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as applicable, and shall
include reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and other expenses of litigation. If the Seller
shall have made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Section and the Person to or on behalf of
whom such payments are made thereafter shall collect any of such amounts from others, such Person
shall promptly repay such amounts to the Seller, without interest.

     SECTION 7.4.   Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, Seller.
Any Person (a) into which the Seller may be merged or consolidated, (b) which may result from any
merger or consolidation to which the Seller shall be a party or (c) which may succeed to the
properties and assets of the Seller substantially as a whole, which Person in any of the foregoing
cases executes an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Seller under this
Agreement, shall be the successor to the Seller hereunder without the execution or filing of any
document or any further act by any of the parties to this Agreement; provided,
however, that (i) the Seller shall have received the written consent of the Insurer prior
to entering into any such transaction, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
representation or warranty made pursuant to Section 3.1 shall have been breached and no Servicer
Termination Event, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would

57

 

become a Servicer Termination Event shall have happened and be continuing, (iii) the Seller shall
have delivered to the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Trustee
and the Insurer an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such
consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement of assumption comply with this Section and
that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction
have been complied with, (iv) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to
such transaction and (v) the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral
Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Insurer an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the
opinion of such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements and
amendments thereto have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect
the interest of the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee and the Trustee, respectively, in the
Receivables and reciting the details of such filings or (B) no such action shall be necessary to
preserve and protect such interest. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the execution
of the foregoing agreement of assumption and compliance with clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v)
above shall be conditions to the consummation of the transactions referred to in clauses (a), (b)
or (c) above.

     SECTION 7.5.   Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others. The Seller and any director,
officer or employee or agent of the Seller may rely in good faith on the advice of counsel or on
any document of any kind, prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any
matters arising under any Basic Document. The Seller shall not be under any obligation to appear
in, prosecute or defend any legal action that shall not be incidental to its obligations under this
Agreement, and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability.

     SECTION 7.6.   Ownership of the Certificates or Notes. The Seller and any Affiliate
thereof may in its individual or any other capacity become the owner or pledgee of Certificates or
Notes with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Seller or an Affiliate thereof,
except as expressly provided herein or in any Basic Document. Notes or Certificates so owned by
the Seller or such Affiliate shall have an equal and proportionate benefit under the provisions of
the Basic Documents, without preference, priority, or distinction as among all of the Notes or
Certificates; provided, however, that any Notes or Certificates owned by the
Seller or any Affiliate thereof, during the time such Notes or Certificates are owned by them,
shall be without voting rights for any purpose set forth in the Basic Documents and will not be
entitled to the benefits of the Note Policy. The Seller shall notify the Owner Trustee, the
Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent and the Insurer with respect to any other transfer of any
Certificate.

ARTICLE VIII

The Servicer 

     SECTION 8.1.   Representations of Servicer. The Servicer makes the following
representations on which the Insurer shall be deemed to have relied in executing and delivering the
Note Policy and on which the Issuer is deemed to have relied in acquiring the Receivables. The
representations speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing
Date, and shall survive the sale of the Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the
Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture.

58

 

     (a)   Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties set forth on
the Schedule of Representations attached hereto as Schedule B are true and correct, provided that
such representations and warranties contained therein and herein shall not apply to any entity
other than AmeriCredit;

     (b)   Organization and Good Standing. The Servicer has been duly organized and is
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with
power, authority and legal right to own its properties and to conduct its business as such
properties are currently owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant
times, and now has, power, authority and legal right to enter into and perform its obligations
under this Agreement;

     (c)   Due Qualification. The Servicer is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation, is in good standing and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals, in all
jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business (including
the servicing of the Receivables as required by this Agreement) requires or shall require such
qualification;

     (d)   Power and Authority. The Servicer has the power and authority to execute and
deliver this Agreement and its Basic Documents and to carry out its terms and their terms,
respectively, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Servicer’s
Basic Documents have been duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary corporate action;

     (e)   Binding Obligation. This Agreement and the Servicer’s Basic Documents shall
constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Servicer enforceable in accordance with
their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and
by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

     (f)   No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the Servicer’s Basic Documents, and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement
and the Servicer’s Basic Documents, shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the
terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under,
the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Servicer, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage,
deed of trust or other instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which it is bound, or
result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms
of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other than this
Agreement, or violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Servicer of any court or
of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or any of its properties;

     (g)   No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the
Servicer’s knowledge, threatened against the Servicer, before any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over
the Servicer or its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Basic
Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the consummation of any of the

59

 

transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (C) seeking any
determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Servicer
of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Basic
Documents or (D) seeking to adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal, state or
local tax attributes of the Notes;

     (h)   No Consents. The Servicer is not required to obtain the consent of any other
party or any consent, license, approval or authorization, or registration or declaration with, any
governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery, performance,
validity or enforceability of this Agreement which has not already been obtained.

     SECTION 8.2.   Liability of Servicer; Indemnities. The Servicer (in its
capacity as such) shall be liable hereunder only to the extent of the obligations in this Agreement
specifically undertaken by the Servicer and the representations made by the Servicer.

     (a)   The Servicer shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, the Trustee, the Trust
Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Collateral Agent, the Insurer, their
respective officers, directors, agents and employees, and the Noteholders from and against any and
all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation arising out of or resulting from the use, ownership
or operation by the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof of any Financed Vehicle;

     (b)   The Servicer (when the Servicer is AmeriCredit) shall indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the Trust, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee, the Backup
Servicer, the Collateral Agent, the Insurer, their respective officers, directors, agents and
employees and the Noteholders from and against any taxes that may at any time be asserted against
any of such parties with respect to the transactions or activities contemplated in this Agreement,
including, without limitation, any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible or
intangible personal property, privilege or license taxes (but not including any federal or other
income taxes, including franchise taxes asserted with respect to, and as of the date of, the sale
of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Trust or the issuance and original sale
of the Notes) and costs and expenses in defending against the same;

     (c)   The Servicer (when the Servicer is not AmeriCredit) shall indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the Trust, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee, the Backup
Servicer, the Collateral Agent, the Insurer, their respective officers, directors, agents and
employees and the Noteholders from and against any taxes with respect to the sale of Receivables in
connection with servicing hereunder that may at any time be asserted against any of such parties
with respect to the transactions or activities contemplated in this Agreement, including, without
limitation, any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible or intangible personal
property, privilege or license taxes (but not including any federal or other income taxes,
including franchise taxes asserted with respect to, and as of the date of, the sale of the
Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Trust or the issuance and original sale of the
Notes) and costs and expenses in defending against the same; and

60

 

     (d)   The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust, the Trustee, the Trust
Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Collateral Agent, the Insurer, their
respective officers, directors, agents and employees and the Noteholders from and against any and
all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages, and liabilities, including reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation, to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim,
damage, or liability arose out of, or was imposed upon the Trust, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee,
the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Collateral Agent, the Insurer or the
Noteholders by reason of the breach of this Agreement by the Servicer, the negligence, misfeasance,
or bad faith of the Servicer in the performance of its duties under this Agreement or by reason of
reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.

     (e)   AmeriCredit shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust, the Trustee, the Trust
Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Collateral Agent, the Insurer, their
respective officers, directors, agents and employees and the Noteholders from and against any loss,
liability or expense incurred by reason of the violation by Servicer or Seller of federal or state
securities laws in connection with the registration or the sale of the Notes. This section shall
survive the termination of this Agreement, or the earlier removal or resignation of the Trustee,
the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer or the Collateral Agent.

     (f)   AmeriCredit shall indemnify the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent,
the Backup Servicer and the Collateral Agent, and the respective officers, directors, agents and
employees thereof against any and all loss, liability or expense, (other than overhead and expenses
incurred in the normal course of business) incurred by each of them in connection with the
acceptance or administration of the Trust and the performance of their duties under the Basic
Documents other than if such loss, liability or expense was incurred by the Trustee, the Owner
Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent or the Collateral Agent as a result of any such entity’s
willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence.

     (g)   Indemnification under this Article shall include, without limitation, reasonable fees
and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation. If the Servicer has made any indemnity
payments pursuant to this Article and the recipient thereafter collects any of such amounts from
others, the recipient shall promptly repay such amounts collected to the Servicer, without
interest. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any indemnification payable by
the Servicer to the Backup Servicer, to the extent not paid by the Servicer, shall be paid solely
from the Spread Account in accordance with the terms of the Spread Account Agreement.

     (h)   When the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Backup
Servicer incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event specified in Section
9.1(d) or (e) with respect to the Servicer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable federal or state
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

61

 

     SECTION 8.3.   Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of the
Servicer or Backup Servicer.

     (a)   AmeriCredit shall not merge or consolidate with any other Person, convey, transfer or
lease substantially all its assets as an entirety to another Person, or permit any other Person to
become the successor to AmeriCredit’s business unless, after the merger, consolidation, conveyance,
transfer, lease or succession, the successor or surviving entity shall be capable of fulfilling the
duties of AmeriCredit contained in this Agreement and shall be acceptable to the Controlling Party,
and, if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, shall be an eligible servicer.
Any corporation (i) into which AmeriCredit may be merged or consolidated, (ii) resulting from any
merger or consolidation to which AmeriCredit shall be a party, (iii) which acquires by conveyance,
transfer, or lease substantially all of the assets of AmeriCredit, or (iv) succeeding to the
business of AmeriCredit, in any of the foregoing cases shall execute an agreement of assumption to
perform every obligation of AmeriCredit under this Agreement and, whether or not such assumption
agreement is executed, shall be the successor to AmeriCredit under this Agreement without the
execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties to this
Agreement, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding; provided,
however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to release AmeriCredit from any
obligation. AmeriCredit shall provide notice of any merger, consolidation or succession pursuant
to this Section to the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Noteholders, the Insurer and
each Rating Agency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, AmeriCredit shall not merge or consolidate with
any other Person or permit any other Person to become a successor to AmeriCredit’s business, unless
(x) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no representation or warranty made
pursuant to Section 4.6 shall have been breached (for purposes hereof, such representations and
warranties shall speak as of the date of the consummation of such transaction) and no event that,
after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Insurance Agreement Event of Default shall
have occurred and has not been waived, (y) AmeriCredit shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee,
the Trust Collateral Agent, Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Collateral Agent, the Rating
Agencies and the Insurer an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such
consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement of assumption comply with this Section and
that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction
have been complied with, and (z) AmeriCredit shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee, the Trust
Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Rating Agencies and the Insurer an Opinion
of Counsel, stating in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and
continuation statements and amendments thereto have been executed and filed that are necessary to
preserve and protect the interest of the Trust in the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property
and reciting the details of the filings or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and
protect such interest.

     (b)   Any corporation (i) into which the Backup Servicer may be merged or consolidated, (ii)
resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Backup Servicer shall be a party, (iii)
which acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease substantially all of the assets of the Backup
Servicer, or (iv) succeeding to the business of the Backup Servicer, in any of the foregoing cases
shall execute an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Backup Servicer under
this Agreement and, whether or not such assumption agreement is executed, shall be the successor to
the Backup Servicer under this Agreement without the

62

 

execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties to this
Agreement, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding; provided,
however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to release the Backup Servicer from
any obligation.

     SECTION 8.4.   Limitation on Liability of Servicer, Backup Servicer and Others.

     (a)   Neither AmeriCredit, the Backup Servicer nor any of the directors or officers or
employees or agents of AmeriCredit or Backup Servicer shall be under any liability to the Trust or
the Noteholders, except as provided in this Agreement, for any action taken or for refraining from
the taking of any action pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that this
provision shall not protect AmeriCredit, the Backup Servicer or any such person against any
liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of a breach of this Agreement or willful
misfeasance, bad faith or negligence (excluding errors in judgment) in the performance of duties;
provided, further that this provision shall not affect any liability to indemnify the Trust
Collateral Agent and the Owner Trustee for costs, taxes, expenses, claims, liabilities, losses or
damages paid by the Trust Collateral Agent and the Owner Trustee, in their individual capacities.
AmeriCredit, the Backup Servicer and any director, officer, employee or agent of AmeriCredit or
Backup Servicer may rely in good faith on the written advice of counsel or on any document of any
kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising under
this Agreement.

     (b)   The Backup Servicer shall not be liable for any obligation of the Servicer contained in
this Agreement or for any errors of the Servicer contained in any computer tape, certificate or
other data or document delivered to the Backup Servicer hereunder or on which the Backup Servicer
must rely in order to perform its obligations hereunder, and the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the
Trust Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Seller and the Insurer and
the Noteholders shall look only to the Servicer to perform such obligations. The Backup Servicer,
the Trust Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Custodian
shall have no responsibility and shall not be in default hereunder or incur any liability for any
failure, error, malfunction or any delay in carrying out any of their respective duties under this
Agreement if such failure or delay results from the Backup Servicer acting in accordance with
information prepared or supplied by a Person other than the Backup Servicer (or contractual agents)
or the failure of any such other Person to prepare or provide such information. The Backup
Servicer shall have no responsibility, shall not be in default and shall incur no liability for (i)
any act or failure to act of any third party (other than its contractual agents), including the
Servicer or the Controlling Party, (ii) any inaccuracy or omission in a notice or communication
received by the Backup Servicer from any third party (other than its contractual agents), (iii) the
invalidity or unenforceability of any Receivable under applicable law, (iv) the breach or
inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made with respect to any Receivable, or (v) the acts
or omissions of any successor Backup Servicer.

     (c)   The parties expressly acknowledge and consent to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
acting in the possible dual capacity of Backup Servicer or successor Servicer and in the capacity
as Trust Collateral Agent. Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, may, in such dual or other
capacity, discharge its separate functions fully, without hindrance or regard to conflict of
interest principles, duty of loyalty principles or other breach of fiduciary

63

 

duties to the extent that any such conflict or breach arises from the performance by Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, of express duties set forth in this Agreement in any of such
capacities, all of which defenses, claims or assertions are hereby expressly waived by the other
parties hereto and the Noteholders except in the case of gross negligence and willful misconduct by
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

     SECTION 8.5.   Delegation of Duties. The Servicer may delegate duties under this Agreement
to an Affiliate of AmeriCredit with the prior written consent of the Insurer (unless an Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing), the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee and
the Backup Servicer. The Servicer also may at any time perform through sub-contractors the
specific duties of (i) repossession of Financed Vehicles, (ii) tracking Financed Vehicles’
insurance and (iii) pursuing the collection of deficiency balances on certain Liquidated
Receivables, in each case, without the consent of the Insurer and may perform other specific duties
through such sub-contractors in accordance with Servicer’s customary servicing policies and
procedures, with the prior consent of the Insurer; provided, however that no such
delegation or sub-contracting duties by the Servicer shall relieve the Servicer of its
responsibility with respect to such duties. So long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and
be continuing neither AmeriCredit or any party acting as Servicer hereunder shall appoint any
subservicer hereunder without the prior written consent of the Insurer and the Trust Collateral
Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, AmeriCredit, as Servicer, may delegate its duties hereunder
and under any other Basic Document with respect to the servicing of and collections on certain
Receivables to AmeriCredit Financial Services of Canada Ltd. without first obtaining the consent of
any person. No delegation or sub-contracting by the Servicer of its duties herein in the manner
described in this Section 8.5 shall relieve the Servicer of its responsibility with respect to such
duties.

     SECTION 8.6.   Servicer and Backup Servicer Not to Resign. Subject to the provisions of
Section 8.3, neither the Servicer nor the Backup Servicer shall resign from the obligations and
duties imposed on it by this Agreement as Servicer or Backup Servicer except upon a determination
that by reason of a change in legal requirements the performance of its duties under this Agreement
would cause it to be in violation of such legal requirements in a manner which would have a
material adverse effect on the Servicer or the Backup Servicer, as the case may be, and the Insurer
(so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing) or a Note Majority (if an
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) does not elect to waive the obligations of
the Servicer or the Backup Servicer, as the case may be, to perform the duties which render it
legally unable to act or to delegate those duties to another Person. Any such determination
permitting the resignation of the Servicer or Backup Servicer shall be evidenced by an Opinion of
Counsel to such effect delivered and acceptable to the Trust Collateral Agent, the Owner Trustee
and the Insurer (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing). No resignation
of the Servicer shall become effective until, so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, the Backup Servicer or an entity acceptable to the Insurer shall have assumed the
responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer or, if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, the Backup Servicer or a successor Servicer that is an eligible servicer shall have
assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer. No resignation of the Backup
Servicer shall become effective until, so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, an entity acceptable to the Insurer shall have assumed the responsibilities and
obligations of the Backup Servicer or, if an

64

 

Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, a Person that is an eligible servicer shall
have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Backup Servicer; provided,
however, that (i) in the event a successor Backup Servicer is not appointed within 60 days
after the Backup Servicer has given notice of its resignation and has provided the Opinion of
Counsel required by this Section, the Backup Servicer may petition a court for its removal, (ii)
the Backup Servicer may resign with the written consent of the Insurer, and (iii) if Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, resigns as Trustee under the Indenture it will no longer be the Backup
Servicer.

ARTICLE IX

Default

     SECTION 9.1.   Servicer Termination Event. For purposes of this Agreement, each of the
following shall constitute a “Servicer Termination Event”:

     (a)   Any failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Trust Collateral Agent for distribution to
Noteholders any proceeds or payment required to be so delivered under the terms of this Agreement
that continues unremedied for a period of two Business Days (one Business Day with respect to
payment of Purchase Amounts) after written notice is received by the Servicer from the Trust
Collateral Agent or (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) the Insurer
or after discovery of such failure by a Responsible Officer of the Servicer; or

     (b)   Failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Trust Collateral Agent and (so long as an
Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing) the Insurer the Servicer’s Certificate
by the first Business Day prior to the Distribution Date, or failure on the part of the Servicer to
observe its covenants and agreements set forth in Section 8.3(a); or

     (c)   Failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform any other covenants or
agreements of the Servicer set forth in this Agreement, which failure (i) materially and adversely
affects the rights of Noteholders (determined without regard to the availability of funds under the
Note Policy), or of the Insurer (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing),
and (ii) continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after knowledge thereof by the Servicer or
after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall
have been given to the Servicer by the Trust Collateral Agent or the Insurer (or, if an Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing by any Noteholder); or

     (d)   The entry of a decree or order for relief by a court or regulatory authority having
jurisdiction in respect of the Servicer in an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws,
as now or hereafter in effect, or another present or future, federal bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or
other similar official of the Servicer, or of any substantial part of its property or ordering the
winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Servicer and the continuance of any such decree or
order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days or the commencement of an
involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereinafter in effect, or another
present or future federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law and such case is not
dismissed within 60 days; or

65

 

     (e)   The commencement by the Servicer of a voluntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws,
as now or hereafter in effect, or any other present or future, federal or state, bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar law, or the consent by the Servicer to the appointment of or taking
possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar
official of the Servicer or of any substantial part of its property or the making by the Servicer
of an assignment for the benefit of creditors or the failure by the Servicer generally to pay its
debts as such debts become due or the taking of corporate action by the Servicer in furtherance of
any of the foregoing; or

     (f)   Any representation, warranty or statement of the Servicer made in this Agreement or any
certificate, report or other writing delivered pursuant hereto shall prove to be incorrect in any
material respect as of the time when the same shall have been made, and the incorrectness of such
representation, warranty or statement has a material adverse effect on the Insurer, the Trust or
the Noteholders and, within 30 days after knowledge thereof by the Servicer or after written notice
thereof shall have been given to the Servicer by the Trust Collateral Agent or the Insurer (or, if
an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, a Noteholder), the circumstances or
condition in respect of which such representation, warranty or statement was incorrect shall not
have been eliminated or otherwise cured; or

     (g)   So long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing, an Insurance
Agreement Event of Default occurs or an Event of Default under any other Insurance and Indemnity
Agreement relating to any other securitization sponsored by AmeriCredit and insured by the Insurer
shall have occurred; or

     (h)   A claim is made under the Note Policy.

     SECTION 9.2.   Consequences of a Servicer Termination Event. If a Servicer Termination
Event shall occur and be continuing, the Insurer (or, if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and
be continuing either the Trust Collateral Agent, (to the extent it has knowledge thereof) or a Note
Majority), by notice given in writing to the Servicer (and to the Trust Collateral Agent if given
by the Insurer or the Noteholders) may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer
under this Agreement. On or after the receipt by the Servicer of such written notice or upon
termination of the term of the Servicer, all authority, power, obligations and responsibilities of
the Servicer under this Agreement, whether with respect to the Notes, the Certificates or the Other
Conveyed Property or otherwise, automatically shall pass to, be vested in and become obligations
and responsibilities of the Backup Servicer (or such other successor Servicer appointed by the
Controlling Party); provided, however, that the successor Servicer shall have no
liability with respect to any obligation which was required to be performed by the terminated
Servicer prior to the date that the successor Servicer becomes the Servicer or any claim of a third
party based on any alleged action or inaction of the terminated Servicer. The successor Servicer
is authorized and empowered by this Agreement to execute and deliver, on behalf of the terminated
Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments and to do
or accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such
notice of termination, whether to complete the transfer and endorsement of the Receivables and the
Other Conveyed Property and related documents to show the Trust as lienholder or secured party on
the related Lien Certificates, or otherwise. The terminated Servicer agrees to cooperate with the
successor Servicer in effecting the termination

66

 

of the responsibilities and rights of the terminated Servicer under this Agreement, including,
without limitation, the transfer to the successor Servicer for administration by it of all cash
amounts that shall at the time be held by the terminated Servicer for deposit, or have been
deposited by the terminated Servicer, in the Collection Account or thereafter received with respect
to the Receivables and the delivery to the successor Servicer of all Receivable Files, Monthly
Records and Collection Records and a computer tape in readable form as of the most recent Business
Day containing all information necessary to enable the successor Servicer or a successor Servicer
to service the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property. If requested by the Controlling Party,
the successor Servicer shall terminate the Lockbox Agreement and direct the Obligors to make all
payments under the Receivables directly to the successor Servicer (in which event the successor
Servicer shall process such payments in accordance with Section 4.2(e)), or to a lockbox
established by the successor Servicer at the direction of the Controlling Party, at the successor
Servicer’s expense. The terminated Servicer shall grant the Trust Collateral Agent, the successor
Servicer and the Controlling Party reasonable access to the terminated Servicer’s premises at the
terminated Servicer’s expense.

     SECTION 9.3.   Appointment of Successor.

     (a)   On and after the time the Servicer receives a notice of termination pursuant to Section
9.2, or upon the resignation of the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.6; (i) the Backup Servicer
(unless the Controlling Party shall have exercised its option pursuant to Section 9.3(b) to appoint
an alternate successor Servicer) shall be the successor in all respects to the Servicer, in its
capacity as servicer under this Agreement and the transactions set forth or provided for in this
Agreement, and shall be subject to all the rights, responsibilities, restrictions, duties,
liabilities and termination provisions relating thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms and
provisions of this Agreement except as otherwise stated herein. The Trust Collateral Agent and
such successor shall take such action, consistent with this Agreement, as shall be necessary to
effectuate any such succession. If a successor Servicer is acting as Servicer hereunder, it shall
be subject to termination under Section 9.2 upon the occurrence of any Servicer Termination Event
applicable to it as Servicer.

     (b)   The Controlling Party may exercise at any time its right to appoint as Backup Servicer
or as successor to the Servicer a Person other than the Person serving as Backup Servicer at the
time, and (without limiting its obligations under the Note Policy) shall have no liability to the
Trust Collateral Agent, AmeriCredit, the Seller, the Person then serving as Backup Servicer, any
Noteholders or any other Person if it does so. Notwithstanding the above, if the Backup Servicer
shall be legally unable or unwilling to act as Servicer, and an Insurer Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, the Backup Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent or a Note Majority may petition
a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any eligible servicer as the successor to the
Servicer. Pending appointment pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Backup Servicer shall act as
successor Servicer unless it is legally unable to do so, in which event the outgoing Servicer shall
continue to act as Servicer until a successor has been appointed and accepted such appointment.
Subject to Section 8.6, no provision of this Agreement shall be construed as relieving the Backup
Servicer of its obligation to succeed as successor Servicer upon the termination of the Servicer
pursuant to Section 9.2 or the resignation of the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.6. If upon the
termination of the Servicer pursuant to Section 9.2 or the resignation of the Servicer pursuant to
Section 8.6, the Controlling Party appoints a successor

67

 

Servicer other than the Backup Servicer, the Backup Servicer shall not be relieved of its
duties as Backup Servicer hereunder.

     (c)   Any successor Servicer shall be entitled to such compensation (whether payable out of
the Collection Account or otherwise) as the Servicer would have been entitled to under this
Agreement if the Servicer had not resigned or been terminated hereunder or such other compensation
as agreed to by the Insurer in writing, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, or if
an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, by a Note Majority, and the successor Servicer.
If any successor Servicer is appointed as a result of the Backup Servicer’s refusal (in breach of
the terms of this Agreement) to act as Servicer although it is legally able to do so, the Insurer
and such successor Servicer may agree on reasonable additional compensation to be paid to such
successor Servicer; provided, however, it being understood and agreed that the
Insurer shall give prior notice to the Backup Servicer with respect to the appointment of such
successor and the payment of additional compensation, if any. If, any successor Servicer is
appointed for any reason other than the Backup Servicer’s refusal to act as Servicer although
legally able to do so, the Backup Servicer shall not be liable for any Servicing Fee, additional
compensation or other amounts to be paid to such successor Servicer in connection with its
assumption and performance of the servicing duties described herein.

     (d)   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Backup
Servicer is authorized to accept and rely on all of the accounting records (including computer
records) and work of the prior Servicer relating to the Receivables (collectively, the “Predecessor
Servicer Work Product”) without any audit or other examination thereof, and the Backup Servicer
shall have no duty, responsibility, obligation or liability for the acts and omissions of the prior
Servicer. If any error, inaccuracy, omission or incorrect or non-standard practice or procedure
(collectively, “Errors”) exist in any Predecessor Servicer Work Product and such Errors make it
materially more difficult to service or should cause or materially contribute to the Backup
Servicer making or continuing any Errors (collectively, “Continuing Errors”), the Backup Servicer
shall have no duty, responsibility, obligation or liability for such Continuing Errors;
provided, however, that the Backup Servicer agrees to use its best efforts to
prevent further Continuing Errors. In the event that the Backup Servicer becomes aware of Errors
or Continuing Errors, it shall, with the prior consent of the Controlling Party use its best
efforts to reconstruct and reconcile such data as is commercially reasonable to correct such Errors
and Continuing Errors and to prevent future Continuing Errors. The Backup Servicer shall be
entitled to recover its costs thereby expended in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Spread
Account Agreement.

     SECTION 9.4.   Notification to Noteholders. Upon any termination of, or appointment of a
successor to, the Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent shall give prompt written notice thereof to
each Noteholder and the Insurer and to the Rating Agencies.

     SECTION 9.5.   Waiver of Past Defaults. So long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, the Insurer (or, if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
the Note Majority) may, on behalf of all Noteholders, waive any default by the Servicer in the
performance of its obligations hereunder and its consequences. Upon any such waiver of a past
default, such default shall cease to exist, and any Servicer Termination Event arising therefrom
shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of this Agreement

68

 

and the Basic Documents. No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair
any right consequent thereto.

ARTICLE X

Termination

     SECTION 10.1.   Optional Purchase of All Receivables.

     (a)   Subject to Section 10.1(a) of the Indenture, on the last day of any Collection Period as
of which the Pool Balance shall be less than or equal to 10% of the Original Pool Balance, the
Servicer and the Seller each shall have the option to purchase the Owner Trust Estate, other than
the Trust Accounts (with the consent of the Insurer if such purchase would result in a claim on the
Note Policy or to the Insurer under the Insurance Agreement remaining unpaid). To exercise such
option, the Servicer or the Seller, as the case may be, shall deposit pursuant to Section 5.6 in
the Collection Account an amount equal to the greater of (i) the amount that is necessary to pay
the full amount of principal, premium if any, and interest then due and payable on the Notes
amounts due and unpaid to the Insurer under the Insurance Agreement and (ii) the aggregate Purchase
Amount for the Receivables (including Liquidated Receivables), plus the appraised value of any
other property held by the Trust (such value to be determined by the Servicer or, if the Insurer or
the Trust Collateral Agent reasonably believe that there is a material error in the Servicer’s
calculation, by an appraiser mutually agreed upon by the Servicer, the Insurer and the Trust
Collateral Agent). Upon its deposit of such amount in the Collection Account, the Servicer or the
Seller, as the case may be, shall succeed to all interests in and to the Trust.

     (b)   Upon any sale of the assets of the Trust pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Trust Agreement,
the Servicer shall instruct the Trust Collateral Agent to deposit the proceeds from such sale after
all payments and reserves therefrom (including the expenses of such sale) have been made (the
“Insolvency Proceeds”) in the Collection Account.

     (c)   Notice of any termination of the Trust shall be given by the Servicer to the Owner
Trustee, the Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent, the
Insurer and the Rating Agencies as soon as practicable after the Servicer has received notice
thereof.

     (d)   Following the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and the payment in full of the
principal of and interest on the Notes, the Certificateholders will succeed to the rights of the
Noteholders hereunder and the Owner Trustee will succeed to the rights of, and assume the
obligations of, the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

ARTICLE XI

Administrative Duties of the Servicer

     SECTION 11.1.   Administrative Duties. 

69

 

     (a)   Duties with Respect to the Indenture. The Servicer shall perform all its duties
and the duties of the Issuer under the Indenture. In addition, the Servicer shall consult with the
Owner Trustee as the Servicer deems appropriate regarding the duties of the Issuer under the
Indenture. The Servicer shall monitor the performance of the Issuer and shall advise the Owner
Trustee when action is necessary to comply with the Issuer’s duties under the Indenture. The
Servicer shall prepare for execution by the Issuer or shall cause the preparation by other
appropriate Persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions
as it shall be the duty of the Issuer to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Indenture. In
furtherance of the foregoing, the Servicer shall take all necessary action that is the duty of the
Issuer to take pursuant to the Indenture, including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 2.7,
3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.9, 3.10, 3.17, 5.1, 5.4, 7.3, 8.3, 9.2, 9.3, 11.1 and 11.15 of the Indenture.

     (b)   Duties with Respect to the Issuer.

     (i)   In addition to the duties of the Servicer set forth in this Agreement or any of
the Basic Documents, the Servicer shall perform such calculations and shall prepare for
execution by the Issuer or the Owner Trustee or shall cause the preparation by other
appropriate Persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and
opinions as it shall be the duty of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee to prepare, file or
deliver pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents or under state and federal
tax and securities laws (including any filings required pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002 or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder), and at the request of the Owner
Trustee shall take all appropriate action that it is the duty of the Issuer to take pursuant
to this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, including, without limitation, pursuant to
Sections 2.6 and 2.11 of the Trust Agreement. In accordance with the directions of the
Issuer or the Owner Trustee, the Servicer shall administer, perform or supervise the
performance of such other activities in connection with the Collateral (including the Basic
Documents) as are not covered by any of the foregoing provisions and as are expressly
requested by the Issuer or the Owner Trustee and are reasonably within the capability of the
Servicer. The Servicer shall monitor the activities of the Issuer to ensure the Issuer’s
compliance with Section 4.6 of the Trust Agreement and shall take all action necessary to
ensure that the Issuer is operated in accordance with the provisions of such section.

     (ii)   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents to the
contrary, the Servicer shall be responsible for promptly notifying the Owner Trustee and the
Trust Collateral Agent in the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Issuer’s
payments (or allocations of income) to an Owner (as defined in the Trust Agreement) as
contemplated by this Agreement. Any such notice shall be in writing and specify the amount
of any withholding tax required to be withheld by the Owner Trustee or the Trust Collateral
Agent pursuant to such provision.

     (iii)   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Basic Documents to the
contrary, the Servicer shall be responsible for performance of the duties of the Issuer set
forth in Section 5.1(a) and (b) of the Trust Agreement with respect to, among other things,
accounting and reports to Owners (as defined in the Trust Agreement); provided,
however, that once prepared by the Servicer, the Owner Trustee shall retain

70

 

responsibility for the distribution of any necessary Schedule K-1s, as applicable, to
enable the Certificateholder to prepare its federal and state income tax returns.

     (iv)   The Servicer shall perform the duties of the Servicer specified in Section 9.2
of the Trust Agreement required to be performed in connection with the resignation or
removal of the Owner Trustee, and any other duties expressly required to be performed by the
Servicer under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents.

     (v)   In carrying out the foregoing duties or any of its other obligations under this
Agreement, the Servicer may enter into transactions with or otherwise deal with any of its
Affiliates; provided, however, that the terms of any such transactions or
dealings shall be in accordance with any directions received from the Issuer and shall be,
in the Servicer’s opinion, no less favorable to the Issuer in any material respect.

     (c)   Tax Matters. The Servicer shall prepare and file, on behalf of the Seller, all
tax returns, tax elections, financial statements and such annual or other reports attributable to
the activities engaged in by the Issuer as are necessary for preparation of tax reports, including
without limitation forms 1099. All tax returns will be signed by the Seller or the Servicer.

     (d)   Non-Ministerial Matters. With respect to matters that in the reasonable
judgment of the Servicer are non-ministerial, the Servicer shall not take any action pursuant to
this Article unless within a reasonable time before the taking of such action, the Servicer shall
have notified the Owner Trustee and the Trustee of the proposed action and the Owner Trustee and,
with respect to items (A), (B), (C) and (D) below, the Trustee shall not have withheld consent or
provided an alternative direction. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, “non-ministerial
matters” shall include:

     (A)   the amendment of or any supplement to the Indenture;

     (B)   the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Issuer and the
compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or against the Issuer
(other than in connection with the collection of the Receivables);

     (C)   the amendment, change or modification of this Agreement or any of
the Basic Documents;

     (D)   the appointment of successor Note Registrars, successor Paying
Agents and successor Trustees pursuant to the Indenture or the appointment
of successor Servicers or the consent to the assignment by the Note
Registrar, Paying Agent or Trustee of its obligations under the Indenture;
and

     (E)   the removal of the Trustee or the Trust Collateral Agent.

     (e)   Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, except
as expressly provided herein or in the other Basic Documents, the Servicer, in its capacity
hereunder, shall not be obligated to, and shall not, (1) make any payments to the Noteholders or
Certificateholders under the Basic Documents, (2) sell the Trust Property pursuant to Section 5.5

71

 

of the Indenture, (3) take any other action that the Issuer directs the Servicer not to take
on its behalf or (4) in connection with its duties hereunder assume any indemnification obligation
of any other Person.

     (f)   The Backup Servicer or any successor Servicer shall not be responsible for any
obligations or duties of the Servicer under this Section 11.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing or
any other provision of this Agreement, AmeriCredit shall continue to perform the obligations of the
Servicer under this Section 11.1.

     SECTION 11.2.   Records. The Servicer shall maintain appropriate books of account and
records relating to services performed under this Agreement, which books of account and records
shall be accessible for inspection by the Issuer and the Insurer at any time during normal business
hours.

     SECTION 11.3.   Additional Information to be Furnished to the Issuer. The Servicer shall
furnish to the Issuer and the Insurer from time to time such additional information regarding the
Collateral as the Issuer and the Insurer shall reasonably request.

ARTICLE XII

Miscellaneous Provisions

     SECTION 12.1.   Amendment.

     (a)   This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the parties hereto, with the consent
of the Trustee (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld), with the prior written consent of
the Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing) but without the consent
of any of the Noteholders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in this
Agreement, to comply with any changes in the Code, or to make any other provisions with respect to
matters or questions arising under this Agreement which shall not be inconsistent with the
provisions of this Agreement or the Insurance Agreement; provided, however, that
such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to Owner Trustee, the
Insurer and the Trustee, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder;
provided further that if an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, such action shall not
materially adversely affect the interests of the Insurer; provided, however, that
with respect to tax matters, such action shall not be deemed to adversely affect in any material
respect the interests of any Noteholder if, for federal income tax purposes, the action does not
cause the issuing entity to be treated as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as
a corporation, create a reissuance of the Notes or cause the Notes that were characterized as debt
at the time of issuance to fail to qualify as debt.

     This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the parties hereto, with the consent
of the Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing), the consent of the
Trustee, and with the consent of the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing
in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner
the rights of the Noteholders; provided, however, that no such

72

 

amendment shall (a) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the
timing of, collections of payments on Receivables or distributions that shall be required to be
made for the benefit of the Noteholders or (b) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes, the Holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment,
without the consent of the Holders of all the outstanding Notes of each class affected thereby;
provided, further, that if an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, such
action shall not materially adversely affect the interest of the Insurer.

     Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Trust Collateral Agent
shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to each Noteholder
and the Rating Agencies.

     It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders pursuant to this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if
such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents (and any
other consents of Noteholders provided for in this Agreement) and of evidencing the authorization
of any action by Noteholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trustee or the
Owner Trustee, as applicable, may prescribe.

     Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the Owner Trustee and the Trustee,
the Trust Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Backup Servicer shall be entitled to
receive and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel (which shall also be delivered to the
Insurer) stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement
and the Opinion of Counsel referred to in Section 12.2(h)(1) has been delivered. The Owner
Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Trustee may, but shall not be
obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects the Issuer’s, the Owner Trustee’s, the
Trust Collateral Agent’s, the Backup Servicer’s or the Trustee’s, as applicable, own rights, duties
or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

     (b)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 12.1(a) above, the
provisions of the Agreement relating to (i) the Spread Account Agreement, the Spread Account, a
Trigger Event or any component definition of a Trigger Event and (ii) any additional sources of
funds which may be added to the Spread Account or uses of funds on deposit in the Spread Account
may be amended in any respect by the Seller, the Servicer, the Insurer and the Collateral Agent
(the consent of which shall not be withheld or delayed with respect to any amendment that does not
adversely affect the Collateral Agent) without the consent of, or notice to, the Noteholders.

     SECTION 12.2.   Protection of Title to Trust.

     (a)   The Seller shall execute and file such financing statements and cause to be executed and
filed such continuation statements, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law
fully to preserve, maintain and protect the interest of the Issuer and the interests of the Trust
Collateral Agent in the Receivables and in the proceeds thereof. The Seller shall deliver (or
cause to be delivered) to the Insurer, the Owner Trustee and the Trust Collateral Agent
file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document filed as provided above, as soon as
available following such filing.

73

 

     (b)   Neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall change its name, identity or corporate
structure in any manner that would, could or might make any financing statement or continuation
statement filed in accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within the meaning of
9-506 of the UCC, unless it shall have given the Insurer, the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral
Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Trustee at least five days’ prior written notice thereof and
shall have promptly filed appropriate amendments to all previously filed financing statements or
continuation statements. Promptly upon such filing, the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may
be, shall deliver an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Insurer, stating either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements have been executed
and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Trust and the Trust
Collateral Agent in the Receivables, and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior
Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) no such action shall be necessary to
preserve and protect such interest.

     (c)   Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall have an obligation to give the Insurer, the
Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Trustee at least 60 days’
prior written notice of any relocation of its principal executive office or jurisdiction of
organization if, as a result of such relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require
the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any
new financing statement and shall promptly file any such amendment or new financing statement. The
Servicer shall at all times maintain (i) each office from which it shall service Receivables within
the United States of America or Canada, and (ii) its principal executive office within the United
States of America.

     (d)   The Servicer shall maintain accounts and records as to each Receivable accurately and in
sufficient detail to permit (i) the reader thereof to know at any time the status of such
Receivable, including payments and recoveries made and payments owing (and the nature of each) and
(ii) reconciliation between payments or recoveries on (or with respect to) each Receivable and the
amounts from time to time deposited in the Collection Account in respect of such Receivable.

     (e)   The Servicer shall maintain its computer systems so that, from and after the time of
sale under this Agreement of the Receivables to the Issuer, the Servicer’s master computer records
(including any backup archives) that refer to a Receivable shall indicate clearly the interest of
the Trust in such Receivable and that such Receivable is owned by the Trust. Indication of the
Trust’s interest in a Receivable shall be deleted from or modified on the Servicer’s computer
systems when, and only when, the related Receivable shall have been paid in full or repurchased or
sold pursuant to this Agreement.

     (f)   If at any time the Seller or the Servicer shall propose to sell, grant a security
interest in or otherwise transfer any interest in automotive receivables to any prospective
purchaser, lender or other transferee, the Servicer shall give to such prospective purchaser,
lender or other transferee computer tapes, records or printouts (including any restored from backup
archives) that, if they shall refer in any manner whatsoever to any Receivable, shall indicate
clearly that such Receivable has been sold and is owned by the Trust.

74

 

     (g)   Upon request, the Servicer shall furnish to the Insurer, the Owner Trustee, the Backup
Servicer or to the Trustee, within five Business Days, a list of all Receivables (by contract
number and name of Obligor) then held as part of the Trust, together with a reconciliation of such
list to the Schedule of Receivables and to each of the Servicer’s Certificates furnished before
such request indicating removal of Receivables from the Trust.

     (h)   The Servicer shall deliver to the Insurer, the Backup Servicer, the Owner Trustee and
the Trustee:

     (1) promptly after the execution and delivery of the Agreement and, if required
pursuant to Section 12.1, of each amendment, an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the
opinion of such Counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Insurer,
either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements have been executed and filed
that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Trust and the Trust
Collateral Agent in the Receivables, and reciting the details of such filings or referring
to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) no such action shall be
necessary to preserve and protect such interest; and

     (2) within 90 days after the beginning of each calendar year beginning with the first
calendar year beginning more than three months after the Cutoff Date, an Opinion of Counsel,
dated as of a date during such 90-day period, stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,
either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements have been executed and filed
that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Trust and the Trust
Collateral Agent in the Receivables, and reciting the details of such filings or referring
to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (B) no such action shall be
necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

     Each Opinion of Counsel referred to in clause (1) or (2) above shall specify any action
necessary (as of the date of such opinion) to be taken in the following year to preserve and
protect such interest.

     SECTION 12.3.   Notices. All demands, notices and communications upon or to the Seller,
the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee or the Rating Agencies under this Agreement shall be
in writing, personally delivered, electronically delivered or mailed by certified mail, return
receipt requested, federal express or similar overnight courier service, and shall be deemed to
have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Seller to AFS SenSub Corp., 2265 B
Renaissance Drive, Suite 17, Las Vegas, Nevada, 89119, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, (b) in
the case of the Servicer to AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., 801 Cherry Street, Suite 3900,
Fort Worth, Texas 76102, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, (c) in the case of the Issuer or the
Owner Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Owner Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, 1100
North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration (d)
in the case of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Trust Collateral Agent, at the Corporate
Trust Office, (e) in the case of the Insurer, to Financial Security Assurance Inc., 31 West 52nd
Street, New York, New York 10019; Attention: Senior Vice President, Surveillance (in each case in
which notice or other communication to the Insurer refers to a Servicer Termination Event, a claim
on the Note Policy, a Deficiency Notice pursuant to Section 5.5 of this Agreement or with respect
to which failure on the part of the Insurer to respond shall be deemed to constitute consent or
acceptance, then a copy of such

75

 

notice or other communication should also be sent to the attention of each of the General Counsel
and the Head-Financial Guaranty Group and shall be marked to indicate “URGENT MATERIAL ENCLOSED”);
(f) in the case of the Hedge Provider, to Credit Suisse International, One Cabot Square, London E14
4Qj, England, Attention: Head of Credit Risk Management; (g) in the case of Moody’s, to Moody’s
Investors Service, Inc., 7 World Trade Center at 250 Greenwich Street, Asset Finance Group –
24th Floor, New York, New York 10007; (h) in the case of Standard & Poor’s, via
electronic delivery to Servicer—reports@sandp.com, or, for any information not available in
electronic format, to Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, 55 Water Street, 41st Floor,
New York, New York 10041-0003, Attention: ABS Surveillance Group; and (i) in the case of Fitch, to
One State Street Plaza, New York, New York 10004. Any notice required or permitted to be mailed to
a Noteholder shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder as
shown in the Note Register. Any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in the Agreement shall
be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Noteholder shall receive such
notice.

     SECTION 12.4.   Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, except as provided in Sections 7.4 and 8.4 and as
provided in the provisions of this Agreement concerning the resignation of the Servicer, this
Agreement may not be assigned by the Seller or the Servicer without the prior written consent of
the Owner Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Trustee and the Insurer (or
if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing the Holders of Notes evidencing not
less than 66-2/3% of the principal amount of the outstanding Notes).

     SECTION 12.5.   Limitations on Rights of Others. The provisions of this Agreement are
solely for the benefit of the parties hereto, the Trustee, the Insurer and the Noteholders, as
third-party beneficiaries. The Insurer and its successors and assigns shall be a third-party
beneficiary to the provisions of this Agreement, and shall be entitled to rely upon and directly
enforce such provisions of this Agreement so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing. Except as expressly stated otherwise herein, any right of the Insurer to direct,
appoint, consent to, approve of, or take any action under this Agreement, shall be a right
exercised by the Insurer in its sole and absolute discretion. The Insurer may disclaim any of its
rights and powers under this Agreement (but not its duties and obligations under the Note Policy)
upon delivery of a written notice to the Owner Trustee. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express
or implied, shall be construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or
claim in the Owner Trust Estate or under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants,
conditions or provisions contained herein.

     SECTION 12.6.   Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any
such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

     SECTION 12.7.   Separate Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties
hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall

76

 

be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same
instrument.

     SECTION 12.8.   Headings. The headings of the various Articles and Sections herein are for
convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

     SECTION 12.9.   Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND
THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE,
GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW
PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

     SECTION 12.10.   Assignment to Trustee. The Seller hereby acknowledges and consents to any
mortgage, pledge, assignment and grant of a security interest by the Issuer to the Trust Collateral
Agent pursuant to the Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders of all right, title and interest
of the Issuer in, to and under the Receivables listed in Schedule A hereto and/or the assignment of
any or all of the Issuer’s rights and obligations hereunder to the Trust Collateral Agent.

     SECTION 12.11.   Nonpetition Covenants. (a) Notwithstanding any prior termination of this
Agreement, the Servicer and the Seller shall not, prior to the date which is one year and one day
after the termination of this Agreement with respect to the Issuer, acquiesce, petition or
otherwise invoke or cause the Issuer to invoke the process of any court or government authority for
the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Issuer under any federal or state
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any substantial part of its
property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer.

     (b) Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, the Servicer shall not, prior to
the date that is one year and one day after the termination of this Agreement with respect to the
Seller, acquiesce to, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Seller to invoke the process of any
court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Seller
under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, appointing a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, or other similar official of the Seller or
any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of
the Seller.

     SECTION 12.12.   Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Trustee.

     (a)   Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement has been
countersigned by Wilmington Trust Company not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity
as Owner Trustee of the Issuer and in no event shall Wilmington Trust Company in its individual
capacity or, except as expressly provided in the Trust Agreement, as Owner Trustee have any
liability for the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of the
Issuer hereunder or in any of the certificates, notices or agreements

77

 

delivered pursuant hereto, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of
the Issuer. For all purposes of this Agreement, in the performance of its duties or obligations
hereunder or in the performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner
Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Articles
V, VI and VII of the Trust Agreement.

     (b)   Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement has been
executed and delivered by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, not in its individual capacity
but solely as Trust Collateral Agent and Backup Servicer and in no event shall Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, have any liability for the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements
or other obligations of the Issuer hereunder or in any of the certificates, notices or agreements
delivered pursuant hereto, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of the
Issuer.

     (c)   In no event shall Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in any of its capacities
hereunder, be deemed to have assumed any duties of the Owner Trustee under the Delaware Statutory
Trust Statute, common law, or the Trust Agreement.

     SECTION 12.13.   Independence of the Servicer. For all purposes of this Agreement, the
Servicer shall be an independent contractor and shall not be subject to the supervision of the
Issuer, the Trust Collateral Agent and Backup Servicer or the Owner Trustee with respect to the
manner in which it accomplishes the performance of its obligations hereunder. Unless expressly
authorized by this Agreement, the Servicer shall have no authority to act for or represent the
Issuer or the Owner Trustee in any way and shall not otherwise be deemed an agent of the Issuer or
the Owner Trustee.

     SECTION 12.14.   No Joint Venture. Nothing contained in this Agreement (i) shall
constitute the Servicer and either of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee as members of any
partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated business or other separate
entity, (ii) shall be construed to impose any liability as such on any of them or (iii) shall be
deemed to confer on any of them any express, implied or apparent authority to incur any obligation
or liability on behalf of the others.

     SECTION 12.15.   Replacement Hedge Agreement. Upon a request by the Insurer pursuant to
Section 4.05 of the Insurance Agreement, the Issuer shall enter into a Replacement Hedge Agreement
(as such term is defined in Section 4.05 of the Insurance Agreement) with a replacement Hedge
Provider or replacement Hedge Providers in form and substance satisfactory to the Insurer. With
the consent of the Controlling Party, amounts may be withdrawn first, from the Hedge Termination
Account to fund any up-front payments that are owed to a replacement Hedge Provider and second, if
amounts in the Hedge Termination Account are insufficient to fund such payments, from the
Collection Account.

     SECTION 12.16.   State Business Licenses. The Servicer or the Certificateholder shall
prepare and instruct the Trust to file each state business license (and any renewal thereof)
required to be filed under applicable state law without further consent or instruction from the
Instructing Party (as defined in the Trust Agreement), including a Sales Finance Company
Application (and any renewal thereof) with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, Licensing

78

 

Division, and a Financial Regulation Application (and any renewal thereof) with the Maryland
Department of Labor, Licensing and Regulation.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

79

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and
delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the day and the year first above
written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	AMERICREDIT AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST 2008-A-F
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:
	 	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in 

its individual capacity but solely as Owner
	 

	 	 	 	Trustee on behalf of the Trust
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:
	 	/s/ J. Christopher Murphy
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name: J. Christopher Murphy
	 

	 	 	 	Title: Financial Services Officer
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	AFS SENSUB CORP., Seller,
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:
	 	/s/ Sheli Fitzgerald
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name: Sheli Fitzgerald
	 

	 	 	 	Title: Vice President, Structured Finance
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	AMERICREDIT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., 

Servicer,
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:
	 	/s/ Susan B. Sheffield
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name: Susan B. Sheffield
	 

	 	 	 	Title: Senior Vice President, Structured Finance

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	 	 	not in its individual capacity but solely as Backup
	 	 	Servicer
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:
	 	/s/ Marianna C. Stershic
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name: Marianna C. Stershic

Title: Vice President

	 	 	 	 	 
	Acknowledged and accepted by	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,	 	 
	not in its individual capacity but solely	 	 
	as Trust Collateral Agent	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ Marianna C. Stershic
 

Name: Marianna C. Stershic
	 	 
	 

	 	Title: Vice President	 	 

[Sale and Servicing Agreement]

 

 

SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES

[On File with AmeriCredit, the Trustee and Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP]

Sch-A-1

 

SCHEDULE B

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER AND THE SERVICER

     1. Characteristics of Receivables. Each Receivable (A) was originated (i) by
AmeriCredit, (ii) by an Originating Affiliate and was validly assigned by such Originating
Affiliate to AmeriCredit, (iii) by a Dealer and purchased by AmeriCredit from such Dealer under an
existing Dealer Agreement or pursuant to a Dealer Assignment with AmeriCredit and was validly
assigned by such Dealer to AmeriCredit pursuant to a Dealer Assignment or (iv) by a Third-Party
Lender and purchased by AmeriCredit from such Third-Party Lender under an existing Auto Loan
Purchase and Sale Agreement or pursuant to a Third-Party Lender Assignment with AmeriCredit and was
validly assigned by such Third-Party Lender to AmeriCredit pursuant to a Third-Party Lender
Assignment (B) was originated by AmeriCredit, such Originating Affiliate, such Dealer or such
Third-Party Lender for the retail sale of a Financed Vehicle in the ordinary course of
AmeriCredit’s, such Originating Affiliate’s, the Dealer’s or the Third-Party Lender’s business, in
each case was originated in accordance with AmeriCredit’s credit policies and was fully and
properly executed by the parties thereto, and AmeriCredit, each Originating Affiliate, each Dealer
and each Third-Party Lender had all necessary licenses and permits to originate Receivables in the
state where AmeriCredit, each such Originating Affiliate, each such Dealer or each such Third-Party
Lender was located, (C) contains customary and enforceable provisions such as to render the rights
and remedies of the holder thereof adequate for realization against the collateral security, (D) is
a Receivable which provides for level monthly payments (provided that the period in the first
Collection Period and the payment in the final Collection Period of the Receivable may be minimally
different from the normal period and level payment) which, if made when due, shall fully amortize
the Amount Financed over the original term and (E) has not been amended or collections with respect
to which waived, other than as evidenced in the Receivable File or the Servicer’s electronic
records relating thereto.

     2. No Fraud or Misrepresentation. Each Receivable was originated (i) by AmeriCredit,
(ii) by an Originating Affiliate and was assigned by the Originating Affiliate to AmeriCredit,
(iii) by a Dealer and was sold by the Dealer to AmeriCredit or (iv) by a Third-Party Lender and was
sold by the Third-Party Lender to AmeriCredit, and was sold by AmeriCredit to the Seller without
any fraud or misrepresentation on the part of such Originating Affiliate, Dealer or Third-Party
Lender or AmeriCredit in any case.

     3. Compliance with Law. All requirements of applicable federal, state and local laws,
and regulations thereunder (including, without limitation, usury laws, the Federal Truth-in-Lending
Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act,
the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Moss-Magnuson
Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulations “B” and “Z” (including amendments to the
Federal Reserve’s Official Staff Commentary to Regulation Z, effective October 1, 1998, concerning
negative equity loans), the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, each applicable state Motor Vehicle
Retail Installment Sales Act, and state adaptations of the National Consumer Act and of the Uniform
Consumer Credit Code and other consumer credit laws and equal credit opportunity and disclosure
laws) in respect of the Receivables and the Financed Vehicles, have been complied with in all
material respects, and each Receivable and the sale of

Sch-B-1

 

the Financed Vehicle evidenced by each Receivable complied at the time it was originated or
made and now complies in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements.

     4. Origination. Each Receivable was originated in the United States.

     5. Binding Obligation. Each Receivable represents the genuine, legal, valid and
binding payment obligation of the Obligor thereon, enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance
with its terms, except (A) as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by
equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and (B) as such Receivable may be
modified by the application after the Cutoff Date of the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, as
amended; and all parties to each Receivable had full legal capacity to execute and deliver such
Receivable and all other documents related thereto and to grant the security interest purported to
be granted thereby.

     6. No Government Obligor. No Obligor is the United States of America or any State or
any agency, department, subdivision or instrumentality thereof.

     7. Obligor Bankruptcy. At the Cutoff Date no Obligor had been identified on the
records of AmeriCredit as being the subject of a current bankruptcy proceeding.

     8. Schedule of Receivables. The information set forth in the Schedule of Receivables
has been produced from the Electronic Ledger and was true and correct in all material respects as
of the close of business on the Cutoff Date.

     9. Marking Records. Each of AmeriCredit and the Seller has indicated in its files
that the Receivables have been sold to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and
Granted to the Trust Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture. Further, AmeriCredit has indicated
in its computer files that the Receivables are owned by the Trust.

     10. Computer Tape. The Computer Tape made available by the Seller to the Trust on the
Closing Date was complete and accurate as of the Cutoff Date and includes a description of the same
Receivables that are described in the Schedule of Receivables.

     11. Adverse Selection. No selection procedures adverse to the Noteholders or the
Insurer were utilized in selecting the Receivables from those receivables owned by the Seller which
met the selection criteria set forth in clauses (A) through (O) of number 30 of this Schedule B.

     12. Chattel Paper. The Receivables constitute “tangible chattel paper” or “electronic
chattel paper” within the meaning of the UCC as in effect in the States of Texas, New York,
Delaware and Nevada.

     13. One Original. There is only one original executed copy (or with respect to
“electronic chattel paper”, one authoritative copy) of each Contract. With respect to Contracts
that are “electronic chattel paper”, each authoritative copy (a) is unique, identifiable and
unalterable (other than with the participation of the Trust Collateral Agent in the case of an

Sch-B-2

 

addition or amendment of an identified assignee and other than a revision that is readily
identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision), (b) has been marked with a legend to the
following effect: “Authoritative Copy” and (c) has been communicated to and is maintained by or on
behalf of the Custodian.

     14. Not an Authoritative Copy. With respect to Contracts that are “electronic chattel
paper”, the Seller has marked all copies of each such Contract other than an authoritative copy
with a legend to the following effect: “This is not an authoritative copy.”

     15. Revisions. With respect to Contracts that are “electronic chattel paper”, the
related Receivables have been established in a manner such that (a) all copies or revisions that
add or change an identified assignee of the authoritative copy of each such Contract must be made
with the participation of the Trust Collateral Agent and (b) all revisions of the authoritative
copy of each such Contract are readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision.

     16. Pledge or Assignment. With respect to Contracts that are “electronic chattel
paper”, the authoritative copy of each Contract communicated to the Custodian has no marks or
notations indicating that it has been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other
than the Trust Collateral Agent.

     17. Receivable Files Complete. There exists a Receivable File pertaining to each
Receivable and such Receivable File contains the original Lien Certificate or a copy of the
application therefor. Related documentation concerning the Receivable, including any documentation
regarding modifications of the Contract, will be maintained electronically by the Servicer in
accordance with customary policies and procedures. Each of such documents which is required to be
signed by the Obligor has been signed by the Obligor in the appropriate spaces. All blanks on any
form have been properly filled in and each form has otherwise been correctly prepared. With
respect to any Receivables that are tangible chattel paper, the complete Receivable File, including
a fully executed original of the Contract, for each Receivable currently is in the possession of
the Custodian.

     18. Receivables in Force. No Receivable has been satisfied, subordinated or
rescinded, and the Financed Vehicle securing each such Receivable has not been released from the
lien of the related Receivable in whole or in part. No terms of any Receivable have been waived,
altered or modified in any respect since its origination, except by instruments or documents
identified in the Receivable File or the Servicer’s electronic records.

     19. Lawful Assignment. No Receivable was originated in, or is subject to the laws of,
any jurisdiction the laws of which would make unlawful, void or voidable the sale, transfer and
assignment of such Receivable under this Agreement or pursuant to transfers of the Notes.

     20. Good Title. Immediately prior to the conveyance of the Receivables to the Trust
pursuant to this Agreement, the Seller was the sole owner thereof and had good and indefeasible
title thereto, free of any Lien and, upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Seller,
the Trust shall have good and indefeasible title to and will be the sole owner of such Receivables,
free of any Lien. No Dealer or Third-Party Lender has a participation in, or other right to
receive, proceeds of any Receivable. The Seller has not taken any action to convey any right to

Sch-B-3

 

any Person that would result in such Person having a right to payments received under the
related Insurance Policies or the related Dealer Agreements, Auto Loan Purchase and Sale
Agreements, Dealer Assignments or Third-Party Lender Assignments or to payments due under such
Receivables.

     21. Security Interest in Financed Vehicle. Each Receivable created or shall create a
valid, binding and enforceable first priority security interest in favor of AmeriCredit (or an
Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender which first priority security interest has
been assigned to AmeriCredit) in the Financed Vehicle. The Lien Certificate for each Financed
Vehicle shows, or if a new or replacement Lien Certificate is being applied for with respect to
such Financed Vehicle the Lien Certificate will be received within 180 days of the Closing Date and
will show, AmeriCredit (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender) named as the
original secured party under each Receivable as the holder of a first priority security interest in
such Financed Vehicle. With respect to each Receivable for which the Lien Certificate has not yet
been returned from the Registrar of Titles, AmeriCredit or the related Originating Affiliate has
applied for or received written evidence from the related Dealer or Third-Party Lender that such
Lien Certificate showing AmeriCredit, an Originating Affiliate, the Issuer or a Titled Third-Party
Lender, as applicable, as first lienholder has been applied for and the Originating Affiliate’s or
Titled Third-Party Lender’s security interest has been validly assigned by the Originating
Affiliate or Titled Third-Party Lender, as applicable, to AmeriCredit and AmeriCredit’s security
interest (assigned by AmeriCredit to the Seller pursuant to the Purchase Agreement) has been
validly assigned by the Seller to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement. This Agreement creates a
valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the UCC) in the Receivables in favor of the
Trust, which security interest is prior to all other Liens, and is enforceable as such against
creditors of and purchasers from the Seller. Immediately after the sale, transfer and assignment
by the Seller to the Trust, each Receivable will be secured by an enforceable and perfected first
priority security interest in the Financed Vehicle in favor of the Trust Collateral Agent as
secured party, which security interest is prior to all other Liens upon and security interests in
such Financed Vehicle which now exist or may hereafter arise or be created (except, as to priority,
for any lien for taxes, labor or materials affecting a Financed Vehicle). As of the Cutoff Date,
there were no Liens or claims for taxes, work, labor or materials affecting a Financed Vehicle
which are or may be Liens prior or equal to the Liens of the related Receivable.

     22. All Filings Made. All filings (including, without limitation, UCC filings
(including, without limitation, the filing by the Seller of all appropriate financing statements in
the proper filing office in the State of Nevada under applicable law in order to perfect the
security interest in the Receivables granted to the Trust hereunder)) required to be made by any
Person and actions required to be taken or performed by any Person in any jurisdiction to give the
Trust and the Trust Collateral Agent a first priority perfected lien on, or ownership interest in,
the Receivables and the proceeds thereof and the Other Conveyed Property have been made, taken or
performed.

     23. No Impairment. The Seller has not done anything to convey any right to any Person
that would result in such Person having a right to payments due under the Receivables or otherwise
to impair the rights of the Trust, the Insurer, the Trustee, the Trust Collateral Agent and the
Noteholders in any Receivable or the proceeds thereof. Other than the security interest

Sch-B-4

 

granted to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement and except any other security interests that
have been fully released and discharged as of the Closing Date, the Seller has not pledged,
assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Receivables. The
Seller has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the
Seller that include a description of collateral covering the Receivables other than any financing
statement relating to the security interest granted to the Trust hereunder or that has been
terminated. The Seller is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against it.

     24. Receivable Not Assumable. No Receivable is assumable by another Person in a
manner which would release the Obligor thereof from such Obligor’s obligations to AmeriCredit with
respect to such Receivable.

     25. No Defenses. No Receivable is subject to any right of rescission, setoff,
counterclaim or defense and no such right has been asserted or threatened with respect to any
Receivable.

     26. No Default. There has been no default, breach, violation or event permitting
acceleration under the terms of any Receivable (other than payment delinquencies of not more than
30 days), and no condition exists or event has occurred and is continuing that with notice, the
lapse of time or both would constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting
acceleration under the terms of any Receivable, and there has been no waiver of any of the
foregoing. As of the Cutoff Date, no Financed Vehicle had been repossessed.

     27. Insurance. At the time of an origination of a Receivable by AmeriCredit, an
Originating Affiliate, a Dealer or Third-Party Lender, each Financed Vehicle is required to be
covered by a comprehensive and collision insurance policy (i) in an amount at least equal to the
lesser of (a) its maximum insurable value or (b) the principal amount due from the Obligor under
the related Receivable, (ii) naming AmeriCredit (or an Originating Affiliate or a Titled
Third-Party Lender) as loss payee and (iii) insuring against loss and damage due to fire, theft,
transportation, collision and other risks generally covered by comprehensive and collision
coverage. Each Receivable requires the Obligor to maintain physical loss and damage insurance,
naming AmeriCredit, an Originating Affiliate or a Titled Third-Party Lender and its successors and
assigns as additional insured parties, and each Receivable permits the holder thereof to obtain
physical loss and damage insurance at the expense of the Obligor if the Obligor fails to do so. No
Financed Vehicle is insured under a policy of Force-Placed Insurance on the related Cutoff Date.

     28. Past Due. At the Cutoff Date, no Receivable was more than 30 days past due.

     29. Remaining Principal Balance. At the Cutoff Date, the Principal Balance of each
Receivable set forth in the Schedule of Receivables is true and accurate in all material respects.

     30. Certain Characteristics of the Receivables. 

     (A) Each Receivable had a remaining maturity as of the Cutoff Date of not more than 72
months.

Sch-B-5

 

     (B) Each Receivable had an original maturity as of the Cutoff Date of not more than 72
months.

     (C) Each Receivable had a remaining Principal Balance as of the Cutoff Date of at least
$250 and not more than $80,000.

     (D) Each Receivable had an Annual Percentage Rate as of the Cutoff Date, of at least 1%
and not more than 33%.

     (E) No Receivable was more than 30 days past due as of the Cutoff Date.

     (F) No funds had been advanced by AmeriCredit, any Originating Affiliate, any Dealer,
any Third-Party Lender, or anyone acting on behalf of any of them in order to cause any
Receivable to qualify under clause (E) above.

     (G) Not more than 35% of the Obligors on the Receivables as of the Cutoff Date resided
in Texas and California (based on the Obligor’s mailing address as of the Cutoff Date).

     (H) Each Obligor had a billing address in the United States as of the date of
origination of the related Receivable, is a natural person and is not an Affiliate of any
party to the Basic Documents.

     (I) Each Receivable is denominated in, and each Contract provides for payment in,
United States dollars.

     (J) Each Receivable is identified on the Servicer’s master servicing records as a
retail automobile installment sales contract.

     (K) Each Receivable arose under a Contract which is assignable without the consent of,
or notice to, the Obligor thereunder, and does not contain a confidentiality provision that
purports to restrict the ability of the Servicer to exercise its rights under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, including, without limitation, its right to review the Contract.

     (L) Each Receivable arose under a Contract with respect to which AmeriCredit has
performed all obligations required to be performed by it thereunder, and, in the event such
Contract is an installment sales contract, delivery of the Financed Vehicle to the related
Obligor has occurred.

     (M) Not more than 2% of all Receivables (calculated by Aggregate Principal Balance)
which have been transferred to the Issuer shall be “electronic chattel paper”, as such term
is defined in the UCC.

     (N) No automobile related to a Receivable was held in repossession inventory as of the
Cutoff Date.

     (O) No Obligor was in bankruptcy as of the Cutoff Date.

Sch-B-6

 

     (P) Neither the Servicer nor the Seller has selected the Receivables in a manner that
either of them believes is adverse to the interests of the Insurer or the Noteholders.

     31. Interest Calculation. Each Contract provides for the calculation of interest
payable thereunder under either the “simple interest” method, the “Rule of 78’s” method or the
“precomputed interest” method.

     32. Lockbox Account. Each Obligor has been, or will be, directed to make all payments
on their related Receivable to the Lockbox Account.

     33. Lien Enforcement. Each Receivable provides for enforcement of the lien or the
clear legal right of repossession, as applicable, on the Financed Vehicle securing such Receivable.

     34. Prospectus Supplement Description. Each Receivable conforms, and all Receivables
in the aggregate conform, in all material respects to the description thereof set forth in the
Prospectus Supplement.

     35. Risk of Loss. Each Contract contains provisions requiring the Obligor to assume
all risk of loss or malfunction on the related Financed Vehicle, requiring the Obligor to pay all
sales, use, property, excise and other similar taxes imposed on or with respect to the Financed
Vehicle and making the Obligor liable for all payments required to be made thereunder, without any
setoff, counterclaim or defense for any reason whatsoever, subject only to the Obligor’s right of
quiet enjoyment.

     36. Leasing Business. To the best of the Seller’s and the Servicer’s knowledge, as
appropriate, no Obligor is a Person involved in the business of leasing or selling equipment of a
type similar to the Obligor’s related Financed Vehicle.

     37. Consumer Leases. No Receivable constitutes a “consumer lease” under either (a)
the UCC as in effect in the jurisdiction the law of which governs the Receivable or (b) the
Consumer Leasing Act, 15 USC 1667.

     38. Perfection. The Seller has taken all steps necessary to perfect its security
interest against the related Obligors in the property securing the Receivables and will take all
necessary steps on behalf of the Trust to maintain the Trust’s perfection of the security interest
created by each Receivable in the related Financed Vehicle.

Sch-B-7

 

SCHEDULE C

SERVICING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Note: Applicable Time Periods Will Vary by State

Compliance with state collection laws is required of all AmeriCredit Collection Personnel.
Additionally, AmeriCredit has chosen to follow the guidelines of the Federal Fair Debt Collection
Practices Act (FDCPA).

The Collection Process

AmeriCredit mails each customer a monthly billing statement 16 to 20 days before payment is due.

	A.	 	All accounts are issued to the Computer Assisted Collection System (CACS) at 5 days
delinquent or at such other dates of delinquency as determined by historical payment patterns
of the account.
	 
	B.	 	The CACS segregates accounts into two major groups: loans 5-45 days delinquent and those
over 45 days delinquent.
	 
	C.	 	Loans delinquent up to 45 days are then further segregated into two groups: accounts that
have good phone numbers and those that do not.
	 
	D.	 	Loans up to 45 days delinquent are transferred to AmeriCredit’s predictive dialing system.
The system automatically dials the phone number related to a delinquent account for all
accounts that have good phone numbers. When a connection is made, the account is then routed
to the next available account representative.
	 
	E.	 	Loans without good phone numbers are called manually, through the CACS system, or in a
preview dialer campaign.
	 
	F.	 	All reasonable collection efforts are made in an attempt to prevent these accounts from
becoming 30+ days delinquent – this includes the use of collection letters. Collection
letters may be utilized between 5th and 25th days of delinquency.
	 
	G.	 	When an account reaches 31 days delinquent, a collector determines if any default
notification is required in the state where the debtor lives.
	 
	H.	 	When an account exceeds 45 days delinquent, the loan is assigned to a 46+ collection team
which will continue the collection effort until resolution. If the account cannot be resolved
through normal collection efforts (i.e., satisfactory payment arrangements) then the account
may be submitted for repossession approval. An officer must approve all repossession
requests.
	 
	I.	 	CACS allows each collector to accurately document and update each customer file when contact
(verbal or written) is made.

Sch-C-1

 

Repossessions

If repossession of the collateral occurs, the following steps are taken:

	A.	 	Proper authorities are notified (if applicable).
	 
	B.	 	An inventory of all personal property is taken and a condition report is prepared on the
vehicle.
	 
	C.	 	Written notification, as required by state law, is sent to the customer(s) stating their
rights of redemption or reinstatement along with information on how to obtain any personal
property that was in the vehicle at the time of repossession.
	 
	D.	 	Written request to the originating dealer for all refunds due for dealer adds is made.
	 
	E.	 	Collateral disposition through public or private sale, (dictated by state law), in a
commercially reasonable manner, through a third-party auto auction.
	 
	F.	 	After the collateral is liquidated, the debtor(s) is notified in writing of the deficiency
balance owed, if any.

Use of Due Date Changes

Due dates may be changed subject to the following conditions:

	A.	 	The account is contractually current or will be brought current with the due date change.
	 
	B.	 	Due date changes cannot exceed the total of 30 days over the life of the contract.
	 
	C.	 	The first installment payment has been paid in full.
	 
	D.	 	Only one due date change in a twelve month period.

Any exceptions to the above stated policy must be approved by the appropriate level of authority.

Use of Payment Deferments

A payment deferral is offered to customers who have the desire and capacity to make future payments
but who have encountered temporary financial difficulties.

	A.	 	A minimum of six payments have been made on the account and a minimum of six payments have
been made since the most recent deferment (if any).
	 
	B.	 	The account will be brought current with the deferment.
	 
	C.	 	A deferment fee is collected on all transactions.
	 
	D.	 	No more than eight total payments may be deferred over the life of the loan.

Sch-C-2

 

Any exceptions to the above stated policy must be approved by the appropriate level of authority.

Charge-Offs

It is AmeriCredit’s policy that any account that is not successfully recovered by 120 days
delinquent is submitted to an Officer for approval and charge-off.

It is AmeriCredit’s policy to carry all Chapter 13 bankruptcy accounts until 120 days delinquent.
A partial charge-off is taken for the unsecured portion of the account. On fully reaffirmed
Chapter 7 bankruptcy accounts, the accounts can be deferred current at the time of discharge.

Deficiency Collections

Collections on charged-off accounts are continued internally and/or assigned to third party
collection agencies for deficiency balances.

Sch-C-3

 

EXHIBIT A

SERVICE’S CERTIFICATE

AmeriCredit Automobile Receivables Trust 2008-A-F

Class A-1 2.6936% Asset Backed Notes

Class A-2-A 4.47% Asset Backed Notes

Class A-2-B Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes

Class A-3 5.68% Asset Backed Notes

Class A-4 6.96% Asset Backed Notes

Preliminary Servicer’s Certificate

This Servicer’s Certificate has been prepared pursuant to Section 4.9 of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement among AmeriCredit Automobile Receivables Trust
2008-A-F, as Issuer, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., as Servicer, AFS
SenSub Corp., as Seller, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trust Collateral Agent
and Backup Servicer, dated as of May 21, 2008. Defined terms have the meanings
assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or in other Transaction
Documents.

The undersigned hereby certifies that no Trigger Event has occurred on the
related Determination Date and that, to the knowledge of the Servicer, no
Insurance Agreement Event of Default has occurred.

	 
	Monthly Period Beginning:

	Monthly Period Ending:

	Prev. Distribution/Close Date:

	Distribution Date:

	Days of Interest for Period:

	Days in Collection Period:

	Months Seasoned:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Original	 
	Purchases	 	Units	 	 	Cut-off Date	 	 	Closing Date	 	 	Pool Balance	 
	 
	Initial Purchase
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	Total
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

I. MONTHLY PERIOD RECEIVABLES PRINCIPAL BALANCE CALCULATION:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{1} Beginning of period Aggregate Principal Balance
	 	 	 	 	 	{1}	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{2} Purchase of Subsequent Receivables
	 	 	 	 	 	{2}	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Monthly Principal Amounts
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{3} Collections on Receivables outstanding at end of period
	 	 	{3}                    	 	 	 	 	 
	{4} Collections on Receivables paid off during period
	 	 	{4}                    	 	 	 	 	 
	{5} Receivables becoming Liquidated Receivables during period
	 	 	{5}                    	 	 	 	 	 
	{6} Receivables becoming Purchased Receivables during period
	 	 	{6}                    	 	 	 	 	 
	{7} Other Receivables adjustments
	 	 	{7}                    	 	 	 	 	 
	{8} Less amounts allocable to Interest
	 	 	{8}                    	 	 	 	 	 
	{9} Total Monthly Principal Amounts
	 	 	 	 	 	{9}	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{10} End of period Aggregate Principal Balance
	 	 	 	 	 	{10}	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{11} Pool Factor ( {10} / Original Pool Balance)
	 	 	 	 	 	{11}		 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

II. MONTHLY PERIOD NOTE BALANCE CALCULATION:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Class A-1	 	 	Class A-2-A	 	 	Class A-2-B	 	 	Class A-3	 	 	Class A-4	 	 	TOTAL	 
	{12} Original Note Balance
	 	 	{12}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{13} Beginning of period Note Balance
	 	 	{13}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{14} Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount
	 	 	{14}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{15} Noteholders’ Accelerated Principal Amount
	 	 	{15}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{16} Accelerated Payment Amount Shortfall
	 	 	{16}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{17} Deficiency Claim Amount
	 	 	{17}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{18} End of period Note Balance
	 	 	{18}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{19} Note Pool Factors ( {18} / {12} )
	 	 	{19}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

Ex-A-1

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	III.
	 	RECONCILIATION OF PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	dist date	 	 	 	 
	{20}
	 	Beginning of period Pre-Funding Account balance	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{20}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	     	 	 	 	1	 	Jun-08
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{21}
	 	Purchase of Subsequent Receivables	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{21}	 	 	 	     	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2	 	Jul-08
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{22}
	 	Investment Earnings	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{22}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3	 	Aug-08
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{23}
	 	Investment Earnings Transfer to Collections Account	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{23}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4	 	Sep-08
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{24}
	 	Payment of Mandatory Prepayment Amount	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{24}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	5	 	Oct-08
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{25}
	 	Total Month Activity	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{25}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	6	 	Nov-08
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{26}
	 	End of period Pre-Funding Account balance	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{26}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	7	 	Dec-08
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	8	 	Jan-09
	IV.
	 	OVERCOLLATERALIZATION AMOUNT CALCULATION	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	9	 	Feb-09
	{27}
	 	Current Distribution Date Before November 2009?	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{27}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	10	 	Mar-09
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{28}
	 	If {27} is Yes, then Overcollateralization Amount 22.50%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	11	 	Apr-09
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{29}
	 	If {27} is No, then refer to the following table	 	 	 	 	 	3mo Avg	 	Cumulative	 	 	 	 	 	3mo Avg	 	 	 	 	 	 	12	 	May-09
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	OC Amount	 	Delinquency Ratio	 	Net Loss Ratio	 	Default Ratio	 	Extension Ratio	 	 	 	 	 	 	13	 	Jun-09
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	         	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	14	 	Jul-09
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	15	 	Aug-09
	{30}
	 	Overcollateralization Amount per Table if applicable	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	16	 	Sep-09
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{31}
	 	Overcollateralization Amount	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	17	 	Oct-09
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	18	 	Nov-09
	V.	 	CALCULATION OF PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{32}	 	Total Monthly Principal Amounts	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{32}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{33}	 	Required Pro-forma Note Balance (the product of 100%-OC Amount {31} and the Aggregate Principal Bal. {10})	 	 	{33}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{34}	 	Pro-forma Note Balance ({13} —  {9})	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{34}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{35}	 	Step-down Amount (Max of 0 or ({33} —  {34}))	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{35}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{36}	 	Principal Distributable Amount ({32} —  {35})	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{36}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	VI.	 	RECONCILIATION OF CAPITALIZED INTEREST ACCOUNT:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{37}	 	Beginning of period Capitalized Interest Account balance	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{37}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{38}	 	Monthly Capitalized Interest Amount	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{38}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{39}	 	Investment Earnings	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{39}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{40}	 	Investment Earnings Transfer to Collections Account	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{40}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{41}	 	Payment of Overfunded Capitalized Interest Amount	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{41}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{42}	 	Payment of Remaining Capitalized Interest Account	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{42}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{43}	 	Total Monthly Activity	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{43}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{44}	 	End of period Capitalized Interest Account balance	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{44}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	VII.	 	RECONCILIATION OF COLLECTION ACCOUNT:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Available Funds:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{45}	 	Collections on Receivables during period (net of Liquidation Proceeds and Fees)	 	 	 	 	 	 	{45}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{46}	 	Liquidation Proceeds collected during period	 	 	 	 	 	 	{46}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{47}	 	Purchase Amounts deposited in Collection	 	 	 	 	 	 	{47}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{48}	 	Investment Earnings — Collection Account	 	 	 	 	 	 	{48}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{49}	 	Investment Earnings — Transfer From Prefunding Account	 	 	 	 	 	 	{49}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{50}	 	Investment Earnings — Transfer From Capitalized Interest Account	 	 	 	 	 	 	{50}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{51}	 	Collection of Supplemental Servicing — Extension Fees	 	 	 	 	 	 	{51}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{52}	 	Collection of Supplemental Servicing — Repo and Recovery Fees Advanced	 	 	 	 	 	 	{52}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{53}	 	Collection of Supplemental Servicing — Late Fees	 	 	 	 	 	 	{53}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{54}	 	Monthly Capitalized Interest Amount	 	 	 	 	 	 	{54}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{55}	 	Mandatory Note Prepayment Amount	 	 	 	 	 	 	{55}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{56}	 	Proceeds from Swap Agreement	 	 	 	 	 	 	{56}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{57}	 	Total Available Funds	 	 	 	 	 	 	{57}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Distributions:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{58}	 	Swap Payments to Swap Provider	 	 	 	 	 	 	{58}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{59}	 	Base Servicing Fee —  to Servicer	 	 	 	 	 	 	{59}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{60}	 	Repo and Recovery Fees — reimbursed to Servicer	 	 	 	 	 	 	{60}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{61}	 	Bank Service Charges — reimbursed to Servicer	 	 	 	 	 	 	{61}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{62}	 	Late Fees — to Servicer	 	 	 	 	 	 	{62}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{63}	 	Backup Servicing Fees	 	 	 	 	 	 	{63}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Noteholders’ Interest Distributable Amount	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	Beginning	 	Interest	 	Interest	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Calculated	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	Class	 	Note Balance	 	Carryover	 	Rate	 	Days	 	Days Basis	 	Interest	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	             	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	{64}	 	Class A - 1	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2.6936	%	 	 	 	 	 	Actual days/360	 	 	 	 	 	 	{64}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	{65}	 	Class A-2-A	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4.4700	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	30/360	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{65}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	{66}	 	Class A-2-B	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Libor + 1.75%	 	 	 	 	 	Actual days/360	 	 	 	 	 	 	{66}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	{67}	 	Class A - 3	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	5.6800	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	30/360	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{67}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	{68}	 	Class A - 4	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	6.9600	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	30/360	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{68}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Noteholders’ Principal Distributable Amount	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	Principal	 	Principal	 	Excess	 	Mandatory	 	Total	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	Class	 	Distributable	 	Carryover	 	Principal Due	 	Note Prepayment	 	Principal	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	           	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	{69}	 	Class A - 1	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{69}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	{70}	 	Class A-2-A	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{70}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	{71}	 	Class A-2-B	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{71}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	{72}	 	Class A - 3	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{72}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	{73}	 	Class A - 4	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{73}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{74}	 	Security Insurer Premiums — to FSA	 	 	 	 	 	 	{74}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	{75}	 	Total distributions	 	 	 	 	 	 	{75}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{76}	 	Excess Available Funds (or Deficiency Claim Amount )	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{76}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{77}	 	Any Remaining Amounts owed to FSA under the Insurance Agreement	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{77}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{78}	 	Deposit to Spread Account to Increase to Required Level	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{78}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{79}	 	Noteholders’ Accelerated Principal Amount	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{79}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{80}	 	Swap Termination Payments to Swap Provider	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{80}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{81}	 	Deposit to Spread Account	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	{81}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

2

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	VlII.	 	CALCULATION OF ACCELERATED PRINCIPAL AMOUNT	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  {82}	 	Excess Available Funds After Amount to Increase Spread to Required Level ({76} — {78})	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {82}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  {83}	 	Pro-forma Note Balance ({13} — {9})	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {83}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  {84}	 	Required Pro-forma Note Balance (the product of 100%-OC Amount {31} and the Aggregate Principal Bal. {10})	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {84}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  {85}	 	Excess of Pro Forma Balance over Required Balance ({83} — {84})	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {85}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  {86}	 	Accelerated Principal Amount (lesser of {82} or {85})	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {86}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	IX.	 	CALCULATION OF ACCELERATED PAYMENT AMOUNT SHORTFALL	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  {87}	 	Pro-forma Note Balance ({13} — {9})	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {87}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  {88}	 	Required Pro-forma Note Balance (the product of 100%-OC Amount {31} and the Aggregate Principal Bal. {10})	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {88}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  {89}	 	Excess of Pro Forma Balance over Required Balance ({87} — {88})	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {89}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  {90}	 	Excess Available Funds After Amount to Increase Spread to Required Level ({76} — {78})	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {90}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  {91}	 	Accelerated Payment Amount Shortfall ({89} — {90})	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {91}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	X.	 	RECONCILIATION OF SPREAD ACCOUNT:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Initial	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Total
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  {92}	 	Initial or Subsequent Spread Account Deposits	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  {93}	 	Beginning of period Spread Account balance	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {93}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Additions to Spread Account	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {94}	 	Deposits from Collections Account ({78} + {81})	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {94}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {95}	 	Investment Earnings	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {95}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {96}	 	Deposits Related to Subsequent Receivables Purchases	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {96}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {97}	 	Deposit From Other FSA Series Spread Accounts	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {97}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {98}	 	Total Additions	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {98}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  {99}	 	Spread Account balance available for withdrawals	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {99}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	Requisite Amount of Spread Account	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Specified Series Spread Account Shortfall	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	     After Target Satisfaction Date, the excess of Target OC over OC%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Floor Amount (Calculation Below) =	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {100}	 	     (Max of (1.) $100,000 or (2.) Lesser of Note Balance and 2% Original Pool Balance)	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {100}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {101}	 	Floor Amount + Spread Account Shortfall	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {101}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {102}	 	If Trigger Event exists then 2% of Original Pool Balance + 6% Aggreate Principal Balance	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {102}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {103}	 	If an Insurance Agreement Event of Default exists then the Pool Balance	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {103}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {104}	 	Requisite Amount of Spread Account	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {104}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Withdrawals from Spread Account	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {105}	 	Priority First — Deficiency Claim Amount (Deposit to Collection Account)	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {105}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {106}	 	Priority Second — Accelerated Payment Amount Shortfall	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {106}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {107}	 	     -Indmenity payments pro-rata owed by the Servicer to the Trustee, Lockbox Bank, Owner Trustee, Custodian,
Backup Servicer, Collateral Agent, Trust Collateral Agent or other service provider.	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {107}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {108}	 	     - Expenses associated with maintaining Security Interest in vehicles	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {108}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {109}	 	     - Pro rata Total Enhancement Shortfall	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {109}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {110}	 	     - to Certificateholder	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {110}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {111}	 	Total withdrawals	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {111}		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  {112}	 	End of period Spread Account balance	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {112}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	XI.	 	CALCULATION OF OC LEVEL AND OC PERCENTAGE	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {113}	 	Aggregate Principal Balance	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {113}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {114}	 	End of period Note Balance	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {114}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {115}	 	Line {113} less line {114} (During Funding Period amount equal to zero)	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {115}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {116}	 	OC level {115} / {113}	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {116}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {117}	 	Ending Spread Balance as a percentage of Aggregate Principal Balance ({112}/{113})	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {117}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  {118}	 	OC Percentage ({116} + {117})	 	 	 	 	 	 	  {118}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	By:
	 	 	 	 
	Name:

	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	Title:
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	Date:
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

3

 

EXHIBIT B

PRELIMINARY SERVICER’S CERTIFICATE

AmeriCredit Automobile Receivables Trust 2008-A-F

Class A-1 2.6936% Asset Backed Notes

Class A-2-A 4.47% Asset Backed Notes

Class A-2-B Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes

Class A-3 5.68% Asset Backed Notes

Class A-4 6.96% Asset Backed Notes

Servicer’s Certificate

This Servicer’s Certificate has been prepared pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement among AmeriCredit Automobile Receivables Trust 2008-A-F, as Issuer, AmeriCredit
Financial Services, Inc., as Servicer, AFS SenSub Corp., as Seller, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as
Trust Collateral Agent and Backup Servicer, dated as of May 21, 2008. Defined terms have the
meanings assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or in other Transaction Documents.

The undersigned hereby certifies that no Trigger Event has occurred on the related Determination
Date and that, to the knowledge of the Servicer, no Insurance Agreement Event of Default has
occurred.

Monthly Period Beginning:

Monthly Period Ending:

Prev. Distribution/Close Date:

Distribution Date:

Days of Interest for Period:

Days in Collection Period:

Months Seasoned:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	I.	 	MONTHLY PERIOD NOTE BALANCE CALCULATION:	 	 	 	Class A-1	 	Class A-2-A	 	Class A-2-B	 	Class A-3	 	Class A-4	 	TOTAL
	{1}

	 	Original Note Balance
	 	{1}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{2}

	 	Preliminary End of period Note Balance
	 	{2}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{3}

	 	Deficiency Claim Amount
	 	{3}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{4}

	 	End of period Note Balance
	 	{4}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{5}

	 	Note Pool Factors {4} / {1}
	 	{5}	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	II.	 	RECONCILIATION OF SPREAD ACCOUNT:	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{6}

	 	Preliminary End of period Spread Account balance
	 	{6}	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{7}

	 	Priority First — Deficiency Claim Amount from preliminary certificate
	 	{7}	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{8}

	 	End of period Spread Account balance
	 	{8}	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	III.	 	MONTHLY PERIOD AND CUMULATIVE NUMBER OF RECEIVABLES CALCULATION:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Cumulative
	 	Monthly
	{9}

	 	Original Number of Receivables
	 	{9}	 	 	 	 
	{10}

	 	Beginning of period number of Receivables
	 	{10}	 	 	 	 
	{11}

	 	Number of Subsequent Receivables Purchased
	 	{11}	 	 	 	 
	{12}

	 	Number of Receivables becoming Liquidated Receivables during period
	 	{12}	 	 	 	 
	{13}

	 	Number of Receivables becoming Purchased Receivables during period
	 	{13}	 	 	 	 
	{14}

	 	Number of Receivables paid off during period
	 	{14}	 	 	 	 
	{15}

	 	End of period number of Receivables
	 	{15}	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	IV.	 	STATISTICAL DATA: (CURRENT AND HISTORICAL)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Original
	 	Prev. Month
	 	Current
	{16}

	 	Weighted Average APR of the Receivables
	 	{16}	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{17}

	 	Weighted Average Remaining Term of the Receivables
	 	{17}	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{18}

	 	Weighted Average Original Term of Receivables
	 	{18}	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{19}

	 	Average Receivable Balance
	 	{19}	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{20}

	 	Aggregate Realized Losses
	 	{20}	 	 	 	 	 	 
	{21}

	 	ABS Prepay Speed
	 	{21}	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	V.	 	DELINQUENCY:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Receivables with Scheduled Payment delinquent
	 	 	 	Units
	 	Dollars
	 	Percentage
	 

	 	  {22}   31-60 days
	 	{22}	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {23}   61-90 days
	 	{23}	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {24}   over 90 days
	 	{24}	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {25}   Receivables with Scheduled Payment delinquent more than 30 days at end of period
	 	{25}	 	 	 	 	 	 

Ex-B-1

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	VI.	 	PERFORMANCE TESTS:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Delinquency Ratio	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {26}   Receivables and Purchased Receivables with Scheduled Payment delinquent more than 60 days ({23} + {24})
	 	{26}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {27}   Beginning of Period Aggregate Principal Balance
	 	{27}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {28}   Delinquency Ratio {26} divided by {27}
	 	{28}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {29}   Previous Monthly Period Delinquency Ratio
	 	{29}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {30}   Second previous Monthly Period Delinquency Ratio
	 	{30}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {31}   Average Delinquency Ratio ({28} + {29} + {30}) / 3
	 	{31}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {32}   Compliance (Delinquency Test Failure is a Delinquency Ratio equal to or greater than 4.00%.)
	 	{32}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Cumulative Default Rate	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {33}   Defaulted Receivables in Current Period
	 	{33}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {34}   Cumulative Defaulted Receivables from last month
	 	{34}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {35}   Cumulative Defaulted Receivables {33} + {34}
	 	{35}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {36}   Original Pool Balance
	 	{36}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {37}   Cumulative Default Rate {35} divided by {36}
	 	{37}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {38}   Compliance (Default Test Failure is a Cumulative Default Rate equal to or greater than 3.31%.)
	 	{38}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Cumulative Net Loss Rate	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {39}   Receivables becoming Liquidated Receivables during period
	 	{39}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {40}   Purchased Receivables with Scheduled Payment delinquent more than 30 days at end of period
	 	{40}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {41}   Liquidation Proceeds collected during period
	 	{41}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {42}   Net Losses during period {39} + {40} + {41}
	 	{42}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {43}   Net Losses since Initial Cut-off Date (Beginning of Period)
	 	{43}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {44}   Cumulative Net Loss Rate before 50% of 90 Day Delinquencies ({42} + {43}) / {46}
	 	{44}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {45}   50% of Receivables with Scheduled Payment delinquent more than 90 days at end of period
	 	{45}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {46}   Original Pool Balance
	 	{46}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {47}   Cumulative Net Loss Rate ({42} + {43} + {45}) / {46}
	 	{47}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {48}   Compliance (Net Loss Test Failure is a Net Loss Rate equal to or greater than 1.99%.)
	 	{48}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Extension Rate	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {49}   Principal Balance of Receivables extended during current period
	 	{49}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {50}   Beginning of Period Aggregate Principal Balance
	 	{50}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {51}   Extension Rate {49} divided by {50}
	 	{51}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {52}   Previous Monthly Extension Rate
	 	{52}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {53}   Second previous Monthly Extension Rate
	 	{53}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {54}   Average Extension Rate ({51} +{52} +{53}) / 3
	 	{54}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  {55}   Compliance (Extension Test Failure is an Extension Rate equal to or greater than 4%.)
	 	{55}	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	By:
	 	 	 	 
	Name:

	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	Title:
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	Date:
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

5

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00143-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00143-of-00352.parquet"}]]